Compound, precursor, use of precursor, production method, electro-optic material, electro-optic film, and electro-optic element

Abstract

This compound has a donor portion, a π-conjugated portion, and an acceptor portion, and satisfies at least one selected from the group consisting of conditions (I), (II), and (III). Condition (I): A compound wherein the donor portion is represented by formula (D1) or formula (D2), which have a specific structure. Condition (II): A compound wherein the acceptor portion is represented by formula (A1) or formula (A2), which have a specific structure. Condition (III): A compound wherein the π-conjugated portion is represented by formula (P1), formula (P2), or formula (P3), which have a specific structure.

Description

Compound, precursor, use of precursor, manufacturing method, electro-optical material, electro-optical film, and electro-optical element

[0001] The present invention relates to a compound, a precursor, use of the precursor, a manufacturing method, an electro-optical material, an electro-optical film, and an electro-optical element.

[0002] Electro-optical materials are key materials in optical modulators, which convert electrical signals into optical signals, for example, inside optical transceivers. In recent years, research into organic materials that can function as electro-optical materials has been progressing. Electro-optical compounds have been attracting attention as organic compounds that can be used as electro-optical materials. Organic electro-optical materials can enable electrical-to-optical conversion (conversion of electrical signals into optical signals) at high speed and with low power consumption, and are expected to contribute to, for example, high-speed, high-capacity communications and power savings in data centers.

[0003] Electro-optical materials contain electrically responsive dye moieties (EO molecules). EO is an abbreviation for Electro Optic. EO molecules are electro-optical compounds having a donor moiety, a π-conjugated moiety, and an acceptor moiety. Electro-optical materials can be obtained, for example, by dispersing EO molecules as electro-optical compounds in a polymer as a host material, or by bonding EO molecules as electro-optical compounds to the main chain of a polymer as a host material.

[0004] For example, Patent Documents 1 and 2 disclose compounds applicable to electro-optical materials, which include a donor portion having an amino group, a conjugated portion having a carbon-carbon conjugated π bond, and —SO ２ and an acceptor moiety that does not contain -.

[0005] JP 2016-006079 A JP 2022-097407 A

[0006] For example, the electro-optic effect is applied to electrical-optical conversion. The electro-optic effect is a phenomenon in which the refractive index changes when a voltage is applied to a substance. The electro-optic effect is characterized by high speed and low power consumption, and therefore, by applying the electro-optic effect, electrical-optical conversion can be achieved at high speed and with low power consumption. The electro-optic effect is caused by the electronic polarization of the EO molecule, and in order to achieve even higher speed and lower power consumption, it is desirable for the EO molecule to have a larger electro-optical effect. For this reason, EO molecules used as electro-optical compounds are required to have a large hyperpolarizability.

[0007] The present invention provides a novel compound applicable to electro-optical materials, a precursor, a production method using the precursor, an electro-optical material containing the compound, an electro-optical film containing the compound or the electro-optical material, and an electro-optical element containing the compound or the electro-optical material.

[0008] The present inventors have conducted extensive research in light of the above-mentioned problems and have found that a compound having a donor moiety, a π-conjugated moiety, and an acceptor moiety can be applied to electro-optical materials by introducing a group having a predetermined novel structure into the donor moiety, thereby completing the present invention.

[0009] Furthermore, as a result of intensive research conducted by the present inventors in view of the above-mentioned problems, they found that a compound having a donor moiety, a π-conjugated moiety, and an acceptor moiety can be applied to electro-optical materials by introducing a group having a predetermined novel structure into the acceptor moiety, and thus completed the present invention.

[0010] Furthermore, as a result of intensive research conducted by the present inventors in view of the above-mentioned problems, they found that by introducing a group having a predetermined novel structure into the π-conjugated portion of a compound having a donor portion, a π-conjugated portion, and an acceptor portion, the compound can be applied to electro-optical materials, and thus completed the present invention.

[0011] That is, the gist of the present invention is as follows.

[0012] [1] A compound having a donor moiety, a π-conjugated moiety, and an acceptor moiety, which satisfies at least one selected from the group consisting of the following conditions (I), (II), and (III): Condition (I): The donor moiety is a compound represented by the following formula (D1) or formula (D2). Condition (II): The acceptor moiety is a compound represented by the following formula (A1) or formula (A2). Condition (III): The π-conjugated moiety is a compound represented by the following formula (P1), formula (P2), or formula (P3).

[0013]

[0014] In the formula (D1) or (D2), the ring Dx and the ring Dy are each independently a five- or six-membered aromatic hydrocarbon ring, a five- or six-membered aliphatic hydrocarbon ring, or a five- or six-membered heterocyclic ring, and the ring Dx is Ｄ The ring Dy has one or more substituents R Ｄ or has a substituent R Ｄ m is a substituent R Ｄ is an integer of 1 or more, and n is the number of substituents R Ｄ is an integer of 0 or 1 or more, and the number of substituents R Ｄ are bonded to the ring Dx to form a substituted or unsubstituted monocyclic ring, or are bonded to the ring Dx to form a substituted or unsubstituted fused ring, or are not bonded to the ring Dx, and the substituent R of the ring Dy is Ｄ are bonded to the ring Dy to form a substituted or unsubstituted monocyclic ring, are bonded to the ring Dy to form a substituted or unsubstituted fused ring, or are not bonded to the ring Dy, and the ring Dx has two or more substituents R Ｄ When two or more adjacent substituents R Ｄ are bonded to each other to form a substituted or unsubstituted monocyclic ring, or are bonded to each other to form a substituted or unsubstituted fused ring, or are not bonded to each other, and the ring Dy is not a ring having two or more substituents R ＤWhen two or more adjacent substituents R Ｄ are bonded to each other to form a substituted or unsubstituted monocyclic ring, or are bonded to each other to form a substituted or unsubstituted fused ring, or are not bonded to each other, and the substituents R Ｄ are each independently -N(R １０１ ) (R １０２ a group represented by —Si(R １０３ ) (R １０４ ) (R １０５ a group represented by —C(═O)R １０６ a group represented by —C(R １０７ ) (R １０８ ) (R １０９ a group represented by —O(R １１３ ), a substituted or unsubstituted alkyl group, a substituted or unsubstituted cycloalkyl group, a substituted or unsubstituted aryl group, or a substituted or unsubstituted heterocyclic group, １０１ , R １０２ , R １０３ , R １０４ , R １０５ , R １０６ , R １０７ , R １０８ , R １０９ , and R １１３ are each independently a hydrogen atom, a substituted or unsubstituted alkyl group, a substituted or unsubstituted cycloalkyl group, a substituted or unsubstituted aryl group, or a substituted or unsubstituted heterocyclic group, provided that the substituents R Ｄ is one, and the one substituent R Ｄ -N (R １０１ ) (R １０２ ) when R １０１ and R １０２ are not hydrogen atoms or substituted or unsubstituted alkyl groups, and the substituent R Ｄ are two, and the two substituents R Ｄ One of them is -N(R １０１ ) (R １０２), the other is a group represented by —O(R １１３ ) is not a group represented by R １０１ If there are multiple R １０１ are the same or different from each other, R １０２ If there are multiple R １０２ are the same or different from each other, R １０３ If there are multiple R １０３ are the same or different from each other, R １０４ If there are multiple R １０４ are the same or different from each other, R １０５ If there are multiple R １０５ are the same or different from each other, R １０６ If there are multiple R １０６ are the same or different from each other, R １０７ If there are multiple R １０７ are the same or different from each other, R １０８ If there are multiple R １０８ are the same or different from each other, R １０９ If there are multiple R １０９ are the same or different from each other, R １１３ If there are multiple R １１３ are the same or different, and *d is the bonding position.

[0015]

[0016] (In the formula (A1), X Ａ１ and X Ａ２ are each independently O (oxygen atom) or C (CN) ２ where X Ａ１ and X Ａ２ One of the groups is O, and X Ａ１ and X Ａ２ The other is C (CN) ２ If X Ａ１ and X Ａ２is directly bonded to a ring other than a five-membered ring, and ring Ax is a substituted or unsubstituted monocyclic aromatic hydrocarbon ring, a substituted or unsubstituted polycyclic aromatic hydrocarbon ring, a substituted or unsubstituted monocyclic aliphatic hydrocarbon ring, a substituted or unsubstituted polycyclic aliphatic hydrocarbon ring, a substituted or unsubstituted monocyclic heterocyclic ring, or a substituted or unsubstituted polycyclic heterocyclic ring, and *a indicates the bonding position.

[0017]

[0018] (In the formula (A2), na represents the number of rings Ay, and na is an integer of 0 or 1 or more, １ , and ring Ay ２ are each independently a substituted or unsubstituted monocyclic aromatic hydrocarbon ring, a substituted or unsubstituted monocyclic aliphatic hydrocarbon ring, or a substituted or unsubstituted monocyclic heterocycle, and when na is 0, the ring Ay １ and Ring Ay ２ and are condensed together, and when na is an integer of 1 or more, ring Ay, ring Ay １ , and ring Ay ２ are each independently fused to an adjacent ring, and when na is an integer of 2 or more, the ring Ay １ and Ring Ay ２ and two or more rings Ay comprise a fused ring structure in which they are fused in series with adjacent rings, or comprise a fused ring structure in which they are branched and fused with adjacent rings, *a indicates a bonding position.

[0019]

[0020] In the formulae (P1), (P2), and (P3), the ring Px is Ｐ a monocyclic aromatic hydrocarbon ring having one or more substituents R Ｐ a substituted or unsubstituted monocyclic heterocyclic ring, or a substituted or unsubstituted polycyclic heterocyclic ring, Ｐis an integer of 0 or 1 or more, and the number of substituents R Ｐ is a substituted or unsubstituted alkyl group, a substituted or unsubstituted cycloalkyl group, a substituted or unsubstituted aryl group, a substituted or unsubstituted heterocyclic group, -N(R １０１ ) (R １０２ a group represented by —Si(R １０３ ) (R １０４ ) (R １０５ ), a group represented by —C(R １０６ ) (R １０７ ) (R １０８ ), or a group represented by —O(R １０９ ) is a group represented by R １０１ , R １０２ , R １０３ , R １０４ , R １０５ , R １０６ , R １０７ , R １０８ , and R １０９ are each independently a hydrogen atom, a substituted or unsubstituted alkyl group, a substituted or unsubstituted cycloalkyl group, a substituted or unsubstituted aryl group, or a substituted or unsubstituted heterocyclic group; R １０１ If there are multiple R １０１ are the same or different from each other, R １０２ If there are multiple R １０２ are the same or different from each other, R １０３ If there are multiple R １０３ are the same or different from each other, R １０４ If there are multiple R １０４ are the same or different from each other, R １０５ If there are multiple R １０５ are the same or different from each other, R １０６ If there are multiple R １０６ are the same or different from each other, R １０７ If there are multiple R １０７ are the same or different from each other, R １０８If there are multiple R １０８ are the same or different from each other, R １０９ If there are multiple R １０９ are the same or different from each other, provided that the ring Px is a monocyclic aromatic hydrocarbon ring, a monocyclic aliphatic hydrocarbon ring, or a monocyclic aliphatic hydrocarbon ring, and one or more substituents R Ｐ In the case of a monocyclic heterocycle having the substituent R Ｐ At least one of the groups is -O-R Ｐ１ is a group represented by R Ｐ１ is a substituted or unsubstituted alkyl group or a substituted or unsubstituted aryl group, and when the ring Px is a naphthalene ring, the naphthalene ring as the ring Px has at least one —O—R Ｐ１ and R Ｐ１ is a substituted or unsubstituted alkyl group or a substituted or unsubstituted aryl group, and the ring Px is one or more substituents R Ｐ When ring Px is a monocyclic heterocycle not having any of the above, the monocyclic heterocycle contains two or more heteroatoms as ring-forming atoms; when ring Px is a polycyclic heterocycle, at least one ring contains one or more heteroatoms as ring-forming atoms; g, h, j, and k are each independently 0, 1, 2, or 3; and *1 and *2 each represent a bonding position.

[0021] [2] The compound according to [1] above, wherein the donor moiety is represented by formula (D1) or formula (D2).

[0022] [3] The compound according to [1] or [2], wherein the ring Dx and the ring Dy in the formula (D1) or the formula (D2) are each independently a five- or six-membered aromatic hydrocarbon ring, or a five- or six-membered heterocycle.

[0023] [4] The compound according to any one of [1] to [3] above, wherein the donor moiety is represented by the following formula (D11), (D12), (D13), (D21), or (D22):

[0024]

[0025] (In the groups represented by the formulae (D11), (D12), (D13), (D21), and (D22), Z １１ , Z １２ , Z １３ , Z １４ , Z １６ and Z １９ are each independently C(R １００ ) and Z １５ , Z １７ and Z １８ are each independently an oxygen atom, a sulfur atom, or C═R １００ , N(R １１０ ), or C(R １１１ ) (R １１２ ) and Z ２１ , Z ２３ , and Z ２４ are each independently an oxygen atom, a sulfur atom, or N(R １１０ ), or C(R １１１ ) (R １１２ ) and Z ２２ is C(R １００ ) and R １１ , R １２ , R １００ , R １１０ , R １１１ , and R １１２ At least one pair of adjacent pairs of R are bonded to each other to form a substituted or unsubstituted monocyclic ring, or bonded to each other to form a substituted or unsubstituted fused ring, or are not bonded to each other, １３ , R １４ , R １００ , R １１０ , R １１１ , and R １１２ At least one pair of adjacent pairs of R are bonded to each other to form a substituted or unsubstituted monocyclic ring, or bonded to each other to form a substituted or unsubstituted fused ring, or are not bonded to each other, １５ , R １６ , R １００ , R １１０ , R １１１ , and R １１２At least one pair of adjacent pairs of R are bonded to each other to form a substituted or unsubstituted monocyclic ring, or bonded to each other to form a substituted or unsubstituted fused ring, or are not bonded to each other, ２３ , R ２４ , R １００ , R １１０ , R １１１ , and R １１２ At least one pair of adjacent pairs of R are bonded to each other to form a substituted or unsubstituted monocyclic ring, or bonded to each other to form a substituted or unsubstituted fused ring, or are not bonded to each other, ２５ , R ２６ , R １１０ , R １１１ , and R １１２ At least one pair of adjacent pairs of R are bonded to each other to form a substituted or unsubstituted monocycle, or bonded to each other to form a substituted or unsubstituted fused ring, or are not bonded to each other to form the substituted or unsubstituted monocycle and the substituted or unsubstituted fused ring. １１ ~R １６ , R ２３ ~R ２６ , R １００ , and R １１０ ~R １１２ are each independently a hydrogen atom, a substituted or unsubstituted alkyl group, a substituted or unsubstituted cycloalkyl group, a substituted or unsubstituted aryl group, a substituted or unsubstituted heterocyclic group, -N(R １０１ ) (R １０２ a group represented by —Si(R １０３ ) (R １０４ ) (R １０５ ), a group represented by —C(R １０７ ) (R １０８ ) (R １０９ ), or a group represented by —O(R １１３ ) and *d is the bonding position.

[0026] [5] The compound according to any one of [1] to [4], wherein the donor moiety is a compound represented by the following formula (D111), (D112), (D113), (D121), (D122), (D123), or (D124):

[0027]

[0028] (In the groups represented by the formulae (D111), (D112), (D113), (D121), (D122), (D123), and (D124), R １１ ~R １５ At least one pair of adjacent pairs of R are bonded to each other to form a substituted or unsubstituted monocyclic ring, or bonded to each other to form a substituted or unsubstituted fused ring, or are not bonded to each other, ２０ ~R ２４ At least one pair of adjacent pairs of R are bonded to each other to form a substituted or unsubstituted monocycle, or bonded to each other to form a substituted or unsubstituted fused ring, or are not bonded to each other to form the substituted or unsubstituted monocycle and the substituted or unsubstituted fused ring. １１ ~R １５ , and R ２０ ~R ２４ are each independently a hydrogen atom, -N(R １０１ ) (R １０２ a group represented by —Si(R １０３ ) (R １０４ ) (R １０５ a group represented by —C(═O)R １０６ a group represented by —O(R １１３ ) a substituted or unsubstituted alkyl group, a substituted or unsubstituted cycloalkyl group, a substituted or unsubstituted aryl group, or a substituted or unsubstituted heterocyclic group, and *d is the bonding position.

[0029] [6] The compound according to any one of the above [1] to [5], wherein the donor moiety is represented by the following formula (D111-1A), (D111-1B), (D111-1C), (D111-1D), (D111-1E), (D111-1F), (D111-1G), or (D111-1H):

[0030]

[0031]

[0032] (In the formulae (D111-1A), (D111-1B), (D111-1C), (D111-1D), (D111-1E), (D111-1F), (D111-1G), and (D111-1H), R １１ ~R １３ , and R １５ are each independently a hydrogen atom, a substituted or unsubstituted alkyl group, a substituted or unsubstituted cycloalkyl group, a substituted or unsubstituted aryl group, or a substituted or unsubstituted heterocyclic group; R １７ , R １６１～ R １９１ , R １６１Ａ～ R １６４Ａ are each independently a hydrogen atom, a substituted or unsubstituted alkyl group, a substituted or unsubstituted cycloalkyl group, a substituted or unsubstituted aryl group, a substituted or unsubstituted heterocyclic group, or —O(R １１３ ) where *d is the bonding position.

[0033] [7] The compound according to any one of the above [1] to [6], wherein the donor moiety is represented by the following formula (D122-1), (D123-1A), or (D123-1B):

[0034]

[0035] (In the formulae (D122-1), (D123-1A), and (D123-1B), R ２２ , R ２３ , R ２６ , and R ２７are each independently a hydrogen atom, a substituted or unsubstituted alkyl group, a substituted or unsubstituted cycloalkyl group, a substituted or unsubstituted aryl group, a substituted or unsubstituted heterocyclic group, or —O(R １１３ ) is a group represented by R ２８１ , R ２８２ , R ２８３ , R ２８４ , and R ２８５ At least one pair of adjacent pairs of R are bonded to each other to form a substituted or unsubstituted monocycle, or bonded to each other to form a substituted or unsubstituted fused ring, or are not bonded to each other to form the substituted or unsubstituted monocycle and the substituted or unsubstituted fused ring. ２８１ ~R ２８５ are each independently a hydrogen atom, a substituted or unsubstituted alkyl group, a substituted or unsubstituted cycloalkyl group, a substituted or unsubstituted aryl group, a substituted or unsubstituted heterocyclic group, -N(R １０１ ) (R １０２ ), or a group represented by —O(R １１３ ) where *d is the bonding position.

[0036] [8] The compound according to any one of the above [1] to [7], wherein the donor moiety is represented by the following formula (D123-2A), (D123-3A), or (D123-4A):

[0037]

[0038] (In the formulae (D123-2A), (D123-3A), and (D123-4A), R ２１ , R ２８ , R ２９ , R ２８６ , R ２８７ , R ２８８ , R ２８９ , and R ２９０are each independently a hydrogen atom, a substituted or unsubstituted alkyl group, a substituted or unsubstituted cycloalkyl group, a substituted or unsubstituted aryl group, a substituted or unsubstituted heterocyclic group, or —O(R １１３ ) where *d is the bonding position.

[0039] [9] The compound according to any one of the above [1] to [8], wherein the donor moiety is represented by the following formula (D112-1) or (D121-1):

[0040]

[0041] (In the formulae (D112-1) and (D121-1), R １２ , R １３ , R ２１ , R ２４ , R ２１１ ~R ２１３ , R ２１５ ~R ２１７ , and R ２９１ ~R ２９５ are each independently a hydrogen atom, a substituted or unsubstituted alkyl group, a substituted or unsubstituted cycloalkyl group, a substituted or unsubstituted aryl group, a substituted or unsubstituted heterocyclic group, or —O(R １１３ ) where *d is the bonding position.

[0042]

[10] The compound according to [5], wherein the donor moiety is represented by formula (D111).

[0043]

[11] R in the formula (D111) １１ ~R １５ are each independently a hydrogen atom or —O(R １１３ ) and at least one of them is -O(R １１３ The compound according to the above

[10] , wherein the group is a group represented by the formula (I).

[0044]

[12] The compound according to [7] above, wherein the donor moiety is represented by formula (D123-1B).

[0045]

[13] R in the formula (D123-1B) ２８１ ~R２８５ are each independently a hydrogen atom, —N(R １０１ ) (R １０２ ) or a group represented by —O(R １１３ The compound according to the above

[12] , wherein the compound is a group represented by the formula (I).

[0046]

[14] R in the formula (D123-1B) ２８１ ~R ２８５ At least one of the groups is —O(R １１３ The compound according to the above

[12] or

[13] , wherein R is a group represented by the formula (I).

[0047]

[15] R in the formula (D123-1B) ２８１ ~R ２８５ Three of them are -O(R １１３ ) and the remaining two are hydrogen atoms.

[0048]

[16] R in the formula (D123-1B) ２８３ But -O(R １１３ ) is a group represented by R ２８１ and R ２８２ One of the groups is -O(R １１３ ) is a group represented by R ２８１ and R ２８２ The other is a hydrogen atom, and R ２８４ and R ２８５ One of the groups is -O(R １１３ ) is a group represented by R ２８４ and R ２８５ The compound according to any one of the above

[12] to

[15] , wherein the other is a hydrogen atom.

[0049]

[17] R in the formula (D123-1B) ２８１ ~R ２８５ At least one selected from the group consisting of -O(R １１３ ), when R ２８１ ~R ２８５ R in １１３ is a substituted or unsubstituted alkyl group having 1 to 5 carbon atoms.

[0050]

[18] R in the formula (D123-1B) ２８１ ~R ２８５ One of the groups is -N(R １０１ ) (R １０２ ) and the remaining four are hydrogen atoms.

[0051]

[19] The compound according to any one of [1] to

[18] , wherein the acceptor moiety is represented by formula (A1) or formula (A2).

[0052]

[20] The compound according to any one of [1] to

[19] above, wherein the acceptor moiety is represented by the following formula (A11) or formula (A12):

[0053]

[0054] (In the formulas (A11) and (A12), X Ａ１ and X Ａ２ are X in the formula (A1), respectively. Ａ１ and X Ａ２ and ring Ax １ , ring Ax ２ , and ring Ax ３ are each independently a substituted or unsubstituted monocyclic aromatic hydrocarbon ring, a substituted or unsubstituted monocyclic aliphatic hydrocarbon ring, or a substituted or unsubstituted monocyclic heterocycle, and *a indicates a bonding position.

[0055]

[21] The compound according to any one of the above [1] to

[20] , wherein the acceptor moiety is represented by the following formula (A11-1), formula (A11-2), or formula (A12-1):

[0056]

[0057] (In the formulae (A11-1) and (A11-2), R Ａ１ , R Ａ２ , R Ａ３ and R Ａ４ each independently represents a hydrogen atom, a halogen atom, a cyano group, a substituted or unsubstituted alkyl group, a substituted or unsubstituted aryl group, -NO ２ , —CHO, —CORx, —COORx, or —SO ２Rx, and in the formula (A12-1), Z １ , Z ２ and Z ３ are each independently N(R Ａ５ ), C═O, or C(R Ａ６ ) (R Ａ７ ) and R Ａ５ , R Ａ６ and R Ａ７ each independently represents a hydrogen atom, a halogen atom, a cyano group, a substituted or unsubstituted alkyl group, a substituted or unsubstituted aryl group, -NO ２ , —CHO, —CORx, —COORx, or —SO ２ Rx is a substituted or unsubstituted alkyl group, and when a plurality of Rx's are present, the plurality of Rx's are the same or different, and *a indicates the bonding position.

[0058]

[22] The compound according to any one of the above [1] to

[21] , wherein the acceptor moiety is represented by the following formula (A111-1), formula (A111-2), formula (A112-1), or formula (A121-1):

[0059]

[0060] (In the formulae (A111-1), (A111-2), (A112-1) and (A121-1), *a indicates the bonding position.)

[0061]

[23] The compound according to any one of [1] to

[19] , wherein n a in the formula (A2) is 1 or 2.

[0062]

[24] The compound according to any one of [1] to

[19] and

[23] , wherein the acceptor moiety is represented by the following formula (A21) or formula (A22):

[0063]

[0064] (In the formula (A21), the ring Ay １ and ring Ay ２ respectively represent the ring Ay in the formula (A2). １ and ring Ay ２ and the ring Ay ３has the same meaning as the ring Ay in the formula (A2), and in the formula (A22), １ and ring Ay ２ respectively represent the ring Ay in the formula (A2). １ and ring Ay ２ and the ring Ay ４ and ring Ay ５ are each independently defined as the ring Ay in formula (A2), and *a indicates the bonding position.

[0065]

[25] Ring Ay １ and ring Ay ２ are each independently a nitrogen-containing ring.

[0066]

[26] Ring Ay １ and ring Ay ２ are each independently a nitrogen-containing 6-membered ring.

[0067]

[27] The compound according to any one of [1] to

[19] and

[23] to

[26] , wherein the acceptor moiety is represented by the following formula (A21-1) or formula (A22-1):

[0068]

[0069] (In the formulae (A21-1) and (A22-1), R Ａ８ , R Ａ９ , R Ａ１０ , R Ａ１１ , R Ａ１２ , R Ａ１３ , R Ａ１４ and R Ａ１５ each independently represents a hydrogen atom, a halogen atom, a cyano group, a substituted or unsubstituted alkyl group, a substituted or unsubstituted aryl group, -NO ２ , —CHO, —CORx, —COORx, or —SO ２ Rx is a substituted or unsubstituted alkyl group, and when a plurality of Rx's are present, the plurality of Rx's are the same or different, and *a indicates the bonding position.

[0070]

[28] The compound according to any one of [1] to

[19] and

[23] to

[27] , wherein the acceptor moiety is represented by the following formula (A211-1) or formula (A221-1):

[0071]

[0072] (In the formulas (A211-1) and (A221-1), *a indicates the bonding position.)

[0073]

[29] The compound according to any one of the above [1] to

[19] ,

[23] and

[24] , wherein the acceptor moiety is represented by the following formula (A21-2):

[0074]

[0075] (In the formula (A21-2), ma represents R bonded to the ring.) Ａ２０ represents the number of R Ａ２０ are the same or different from each other, R Ａ２０ , R Ａ２１ , R Ａ２２ , R Ａ２３ and R Ａ２４ each independently represents a hydrogen atom, a halogen atom, a cyano group, a substituted or unsubstituted alkyl group, a substituted or unsubstituted aryl group, -NO ２ , —CHO, —CORx, —COORx, or —SO ２ Rx is a substituted or unsubstituted alkyl group, and when a plurality of Rx's are present, the plurality of Rx's are the same or different, and *a indicates the bonding position.

[0076]

[30] The compound according to any one of the above [1] to

[19] ,

[23] ,

[24] and

[29] , wherein the acceptor moiety is represented by the following formula (A212-1):

[0077]

[0078] (In the formula (A212-1), R Ａ２１ , R Ａ２２ , R Ａ２３ , R Ａ２４ , R Ａ２５ , R Ａ２７ and RＡ２８ each independently represents a hydrogen atom, a halogen atom, a cyano group, a substituted or unsubstituted alkyl group, a substituted or unsubstituted aryl group, -NO ２ , —CHO, —CORx, —COORx, or —SO ２ Rx is a substituted or unsubstituted alkyl group, and when a plurality of Rx's are present, the plurality of Rx's are the same or different, and *a indicates the bonding position.

[0079]

[31] The acceptor moiety is selected from the group consisting of nitrogen-containing rings, CN, C═O, and C═C(CN) ２ The compound according to any one of [1] to

[30] above, having at least one structure selected from the group consisting of:

[0080]

[32] The compound according to any one of [1] to

[31] , wherein the π-conjugated moiety is represented by formula (P1), (P2), or (P3).

[0081]

[33] The compound according to any one of the above [1] to

[32] , wherein the π-conjugated portion is represented by the following formula (P11-1), (P12-1), (P13-1), (P14-1), or (P15-1):

[0082]

[0083] (In the formulae (P11-1), (P12-1), (P13-1), (P14-1), and (P15-1), p, q, r, and s are integers of 1 or more, and Z １ , Z ２ , Z ３ , Z ４ , Z ７ , and Z ８ are each independently C(R １００ ), or a nitrogen atom, and a plurality of R １００ are the same or different from each other, and Z ５ and Z ６ are each independently an oxygen atom, a sulfur atom, or N(R １１０ ), or C(R １１１ ) (R １１２ ) and R １００ , R１０Ａ , R １０Ｂ , R １０Ｃ , R １０Ｄ , R １０Ｅ、 and R １０Ｆ At least one pair of adjacent pairs of R are bonded to each other to form a substituted or unsubstituted monocycle, or bonded to each other to form a substituted or unsubstituted fused ring, or are not bonded to each other to form the substituted or unsubstituted monocycle and the substituted or unsubstituted fused ring. １００ , R １０Ａ , R １０Ｂ , R １０Ｃ , R １０Ｄ , R １０Ｅ、 and R １０Ｆ are each independently a hydrogen atom, a substituted or unsubstituted alkyl group, a substituted or unsubstituted cycloalkyl group, a substituted or unsubstituted aryl group, a substituted or unsubstituted heterocyclic group, -N(R １０１ ) (R １０２ a group represented by —Si(R １０３ ) (R １０４ ) (R １０５ ), a group represented by —C(R １０６ ) (R １０７ ) (R １０８ ), or a group represented by —O(R １０９ ) is a group represented by R １０Ａ If there are multiple R １０Ａ are the same or different from each other, R １０Ｂ If there are multiple R １０Ｂ are the same or different from each other, R １０Ｃ If there are multiple R １０Ｃ are the same or different from each other, R １０Ｄ If there are multiple R １０Ｄ are the same or different from each other, R １０Ｅ If there are multiple R １０Ｅ are the same or different from each other, R １０Ｆ If there are multiple R １０Ｆ are the same or different from each other, R１０１ , R １０２ , R １０３ , R １０４ , R １０５ , R １０６ , R １０７ , R １０８ , R １０９ , R １１０ R １１１ , and R １１２ are each independently a hydrogen atom, a substituted or unsubstituted alkyl group, a substituted or unsubstituted cycloalkyl group, a substituted or unsubstituted aryl group, or a substituted or unsubstituted heterocyclic group; R １０１ If there are multiple R １０１ are the same or different from each other, R １０２ If there are multiple R １０２ are the same or different from each other, R １０３ If there are multiple R １０３ are the same or different from each other, R １０４ If there are multiple R １０４ are the same or different from each other, R １０５ If there are multiple R １０５ are the same or different from each other, R １０６ If there are multiple R １０６ are the same or different from each other, R １０７ If there are multiple R １０７ are the same or different from each other, R １０８ If there are multiple R １０８ are the same or different from each other, R １０９ If there are multiple R １０９ are the same or different from each other, R １１０ If there are multiple R １１０ are the same or different from each other, R １１１ If there are multiple R １１１ are the same or different from each other, R １１２ If there are multiple R １１２are the same or different from one another, and g, h, and k each independently represent 0, 1, 2, or 3, provided that in formula (P11-1), when p is 1, R １０Ａ is -O(R １０９ ) and when p is 2 or more, R １０Ａ At least one of the groups is -O(R １０９ ) is a group represented by R １０９ represents a substituted or unsubstituted alkyl group or a substituted or unsubstituted aryl group, and in the formula (P12-1), when q is 1, R １０Ｂ is -O(R １０９ ) and when q is 2 or more, R １０Ｂ At least one of the groups is -O(R １０９ ) is a group represented by R １０９ represents a substituted or unsubstituted alkyl group or a substituted or unsubstituted aryl group, and in the formula (P13-1), Z １ , Z ２ , Z ３ and Z ４ But C(R １００ ), then R １０Ｃ , R １０Ｄ and the four R's １００ At least one of the groups is -O(R １０９ ) is a group represented by R １０９ represents a substituted or unsubstituted alkyl group or a substituted or unsubstituted aryl group, and in the formula (P15-1), Z ７ and Z ８ But C(R １００ ), then two R １００ At least one of the groups is -O(R １０９ ) is a group represented by R １０９ represents a substituted or unsubstituted alkyl group or a substituted or unsubstituted aryl group, and *1 and *2 represent bonding positions.

[0084]

[34] The compound according to any one of the above [1] to

[33] , wherein the π-conjugated moiety is represented by the following formula (P11-1A), (P12-1A), (P13-1A), (P13-1B), (P14-1A), (P14-1B), (P15-1A), or (P15-1B):

[0085]

[0086] (In the formulae (P11-1A), (P12-1A), (P13-1A), (P13-1B), (P14-1A), (P14-1B), (P15-1A), and (P15-1B), R １０ ~R ３４ , R ５１１ , and R ５１２ At least one pair of adjacent pairs of R are bonded to each other to form a substituted or unsubstituted monocycle, or bonded to each other to form a substituted or unsubstituted fused ring, or are not bonded to each other to form the substituted or unsubstituted monocycle and the substituted or unsubstituted fused ring. １０ ~R ３４ , R ５１１ , and R ５１２ are each independently a hydrogen atom, a substituted or unsubstituted alkyl group, a substituted or unsubstituted cycloalkyl group, a substituted or unsubstituted aryl group, a substituted or unsubstituted heterocyclic group, -N(R １０１ ) (R １０２ a group represented by —Si(R １０３ ) (R １０４ ) (R １０５ ), a group represented by —C(R １０６ ) (R １０７ ) (R １０８ ), or a group represented by —O(R １０９ ) wherein, in formula (P11-1A), R １０ ~R １３ At least one of the groups is -O(R １０９ ) is a group represented by R １０９ represents a substituted or unsubstituted alkyl group or a substituted or unsubstituted aryl group, and in the formula (P12-1A), R１４ ~R ２０ At least one of the groups is -O(R １０９ ) is a group represented by R １０９ represents a substituted or unsubstituted alkyl group or a substituted or unsubstituted aryl group, and in the formula (P13-1A), R ２１ ~R ２６ At least one of the groups is -O(R １０９ ) is a group represented by R １０９ represents a substituted or unsubstituted alkyl group or a substituted or unsubstituted aryl group, and in the formula (P15-1A), R ３３ ~R ３４ At least one of the groups is -O(R １０９ ) is a group represented by R １０９ represents a substituted or unsubstituted alkyl group or a substituted or unsubstituted aryl group, and *1 and *2 represent bonding positions.

[0087]

[35] The compound according to any one of the above [1] to

[34] , which is represented by the following formula (1):

[0088]

[0089] (In the formula (1), D is the donor moiety, L is the π-conjugated moiety, and A is the acceptor moiety.)

[0090]

[36] The compound according to any one of [1] to

[35] , wherein the donor moiety is a group having electron-donating properties, and the acceptor moiety is a group having electron-withdrawing properties.

[0091]

[37] A precursor represented by the following formula (DP-XM1), (DP-XM2), (DP-XM3), (DP-XM4), (DP-YM1), (DP-YM2), (DP-YM3), or (DP-YM4).

[0092]

[0093]

[0094]

[0095]

[0096] (In the formulae (DP-XM1), (DP-XM2), (DP-XM3), (DP-XM4), (DP-YM1), (DP-YM2), (DP-YM3), and (DP-YM4), R ３０１ , R ３０２ , R ３０３ , R ３０４ , and R ３０５ At least one pair of adjacent pairs of R are bonded to each other to form a substituted or unsubstituted monocycle, or bonded to each other to form a substituted or unsubstituted fused ring, or are not bonded to each other to form the substituted or unsubstituted monocycle and the substituted or unsubstituted fused ring. ３０１ , R ３０２ , R ３０３ , R ３０４ , and R ３０５ are each independently a hydrogen atom, a substituted or unsubstituted alkyl group, a substituted or unsubstituted cycloalkyl group, a substituted or unsubstituted aryl group, a substituted or unsubstituted heterocyclic group, -N(R １０１ ) (R １０２ ), or a group represented by —O(R １１３ ) is a group represented by R １０１ , R １０２ , and R １１３ are each independently a hydrogen atom, a substituted or unsubstituted alkyl group, a substituted or unsubstituted cycloalkyl group, a substituted or unsubstituted aryl group, or a substituted or unsubstituted heterocyclic group; in the formulae (DP-XM1), (DP-XM2), (DP-XM3), and (DP-XM4), X is an oxygen atom or a sulfur atom; and in the formulae (DP-YM1), (DP-YM2), (DP-YM3), and (DP-YM4), Y １ and Y ２ are bonded to each other to form a substituted or unsubstituted monocycle, or are bonded to each other to form a substituted or unsubstituted fused ring, or are not bonded to each other to form the substituted or unsubstituted monocycle and the substituted or unsubstituted fused ring. １and Y ２ are each independently a substituted or unsubstituted alkoxy group, or —S(R １１４ ) is a group represented by R １１４ is a substituted or unsubstituted alkyl group, R １０１ If there are multiple R １０１ are the same or different from each other, R １０２ If there are multiple R １０２ are the same or different from each other, R １１３ If there are multiple R １１３ are the same or different from each other, R １１４ If there are multiple R １１４ are the same or different from each other.)

[0097]

[38] Use of the precursor according to

[37] in the production of an electro-optical compound.

[0098]

[39] A precursor used in the production of the compound according to the above [1], the precursor being represented by the following formula (DP-XM11), (DP-XM21), (DP-XM31), or (DP-XM41):

[0099]

[0100]

[0101] (In the formulae (DP-XM11), (DP-XM21), (DP-XM31), and (DP-XM41), R ３０１ , R ３０２ , R ３０３ , R ３０４ , and R ３０５ At least one pair of adjacent pairs of R are bonded to each other to form a substituted or unsubstituted monocycle, or bonded to each other to form a substituted or unsubstituted fused ring, or are not bonded to each other to form the substituted or unsubstituted monocycle and the substituted or unsubstituted fused ring. ３０１ , R ３０２ , R ３０３ , R ３０４ , and R ３０５are each independently a hydrogen atom, a substituted or unsubstituted alkyl group, a substituted or unsubstituted cycloalkyl group, a substituted or unsubstituted aryl group, a substituted or unsubstituted heterocyclic group, -N(R １０１ ) (R １０２ ), or a group represented by —O(R １１３ ) is a group represented by R １０１ , R １０２ , and R １１３ are each independently a hydrogen atom, a substituted or unsubstituted alkyl group, a substituted or unsubstituted cycloalkyl group, a substituted or unsubstituted aryl group, or a substituted or unsubstituted heterocyclic group; R １０１ If there are multiple R １０１ are the same or different from each other, R １０２ If there are multiple R １０２ are the same or different from each other, R １１３ If there are multiple R １１３ are the same or different from each other.)

[0102]

[40] A precursor used in the production of an electro-optical compound, the precursor being represented by the following formula (DP-XM11), (DP-XM21), (DP-XM31), or (DP-XM41):

[0103]

[0104]

[0105] (In the formulae (DP-XM11), (DP-XM21), (DP-XM31), and (DP-XM41), R ３０１ , R ３０２ , R ３０３ , R ３０４ , and R ３０５ At least one pair of adjacent pairs of R are bonded to each other to form a substituted or unsubstituted monocycle, or bonded to each other to form a substituted or unsubstituted fused ring, or are not bonded to each other to form the substituted or unsubstituted monocycle and the substituted or unsubstituted fused ring.３０１ , R ３０２ , R ３０３ , R ３０４ , and R ３０５ are each independently a hydrogen atom, a substituted or unsubstituted alkyl group, a substituted or unsubstituted cycloalkyl group, a substituted or unsubstituted aryl group, a substituted or unsubstituted heterocyclic group, -N(R １０１ ) (R １０２ ), or a group represented by —O(R １１３ ) is a group represented by R １０１ , R １０２ , and R １１３ are each independently a hydrogen atom, a substituted or unsubstituted alkyl group, a substituted or unsubstituted cycloalkyl group, a substituted or unsubstituted aryl group, or a substituted or unsubstituted heterocyclic group; R １０１ If there are multiple R １０１ are the same or different from each other, R １０２ If there are multiple R １０２ are the same or different from each other, R １１３ If there are multiple R １１３ are the same or different from each other.)

[0106]

[41] In the precursor represented by the formula (DP-XM11), (DP-XM21), (DP-XM31), or (DP-XM41), R ３０１ ~R ３０５ are each independently a hydrogen atom, —N(R １０１ ) (R １０２ ) or a group represented by —O(R １１３ The precursor according to

[39] or

[40] above, wherein the group is a group represented by the formula (I).

[0107]

[42] The precursor represented by the formula (DP-XM11), (DP-XM21), (DP-XM31), or (DP-XM41) is the precursor according to any one of the above

[39] to

[41] , represented by the following formula (DP-M1), (DP-M2), (DP-M3), (DP-M4), (DP-M5), (DP-M6), (DP-M7), or (DP-M8), respectively.

[0108]

[0109]

[0110]

[0111]

[43] Use of the precursor according to any one of

[39] to

[42] above.

[0112]

[44] A production method for the compound according to the above [1], using a precursor represented by the following formula (DP-XM11), (DP-XM21), (DP-XM31), or (DP-XM41):

[0113]

[0114]

[0115] (In the formulae (DP-XM11), (DP-XM21), (DP-XM31), and (DP-XM41), R ３０１ , R ３０２ , R ３０３ , R ３０４ , and R ３０５ At least one pair of adjacent pairs of R are bonded to each other to form a substituted or unsubstituted monocycle, or bonded to each other to form a substituted or unsubstituted fused ring, or are not bonded to each other to form the substituted or unsubstituted monocycle and the substituted or unsubstituted fused ring. ３０１ , R ３０２ , R ３０３ , R ３０４ , and R ３０５ are each independently a hydrogen atom, a substituted or unsubstituted alkyl group, a substituted or unsubstituted cycloalkyl group, a substituted or unsubstituted aryl group, a substituted or unsubstituted heterocyclic group, -N(R １０１ ) (R １０２ ), or a group represented by —O(R １１３ ) is a group represented by R １０１ , R １０２ , and R １１３are each independently a hydrogen atom, a substituted or unsubstituted alkyl group, a substituted or unsubstituted cycloalkyl group, a substituted or unsubstituted aryl group, or a substituted or unsubstituted heterocyclic group; R １０１ If there are multiple R １０１ are the same or different from each other, R １０２ If there are multiple R １０２ are the same or different from each other, R １１３ If there are multiple R １１３ are the same or different from each other.)

[0116]

[45] An electro-optical material containing an electro-optical compound and a host material, wherein the electro-optical compound is the compound according to any one of [1] to

[36] above.

[0117]

[46] The electro-optical material according to

[45] above, wherein the host material is a polymer, and the electro-optical compound is bonded to the polymer serving as the host material.

[0118]

[47] The electro-optical material according to

[45] , wherein the host material is a polymer, and the electro-optical compound is dispersed in the host material without being bonded to the polymer.

[0119]

[48] ​​An electro-optical film comprising the compound according to any one of [1] to

[36] .

[0120]

[49] An electro-optical film comprising the electro-optical material according to any one of

[45] to

[47] .

[0121]

[50] An electro-optical element comprising the compound according to any one of [1] to

[36] .

[0122]

[51] An electro-optical element comprising the electro-optical material according to any one of

[45] to

[47] .

[0123]

[52] An electro-optical element comprising the electro-optical film according to

[48] or

[49] .

[0124] According to one aspect of the present invention, it is possible to provide a novel compound applicable to an electro-optical material, a precursor, a production method using the precursor, an electro-optical material containing the compound, an electro-optical film containing the compound or the electro-optical material, and an electro-optical element containing the compound or the electro-optical material.

[0125] Precursor S1 obtained in Example 1 １ 1 is a chart of the H-NMR spectrum of compound C1 obtained in Example 1. １ 1 is a chart of the H-NMR spectrum of precursor S3 obtained in Example 2. １ 1 is a chart of the H-NMR spectrum of precursor S4 obtained in Example 2. １ 1 is a chart of the H-NMR spectrum of compound C3 obtained in Example 2. １ 1 is a chart of the H-NMR spectrum of compound C4 obtained in Example 3. １ 1 is a chart of the H-NMR spectrum of compound C6 obtained in Example 4. １ 1 is a chart of the H-NMR spectrum of precursor S5 obtained in Example 5. １ 1 is a chart of the H-NMR spectrum of precursor S6 obtained in Example 5. １ 1 is a chart of the H-NMR spectrum of precursor S7 obtained in Example 5. １ 1 is a chart of the H-NMR spectrum of compound C7 obtained in Example 5. １ 1 is a chart of the H-NMR spectrum of precursor S8 obtained in Example 6. １ 1 is a chart of the H-NMR spectrum of precursor S9 obtained in Example 6. １ 1 is a chart of the H-NMR spectrum of compound C8 obtained in Example 6. １ 1 is a chart of the H-NMR spectrum of precursor S10 obtained in Example 7. １ 1 is a chart of the H-NMR spectrum of precursor S11 obtained in Example 7. １ 1 is a chart of the H-NMR spectrum of compound C9 obtained in Example 7. １ 1 is a chart of the H-NMR spectrum of precursor S12 obtained in Example 8. １1 is a chart of the H-NMR spectrum of precursor S13 obtained in Example 8. １ 1 is a chart of the H-NMR spectrum of compound C10 obtained in Example 8. １ 1 is a chart of the H-NMR spectrum of compound C11 obtained in Example 9. １ 1 is a chart of the H-NMR spectrum of compound C12 obtained in Example 10. １ 1 is a chart of the H-NMR spectrum of compound C13 obtained in Example 11. １ 1 is a chart of a H-NMR spectrum. 2 is a schematic diagram of an apparatus used in a light resistance test.

[0126] [First Embodiment] <Compound> The compound according to the first embodiment has a donor moiety, a π-conjugated moiety, and an acceptor moiety. The compound according to the first embodiment satisfies at least one condition selected from the group consisting of the following conditions (I), (II), and (III). Condition (I): The donor moiety is a compound represented by the following formula (D1) or formula (D2). Condition (II): The acceptor moiety is a compound represented by the following formula (A1) or formula (A2). Condition (III): The π-conjugated moiety is a compound represented by the following formula (P1), formula (P2), or formula (P3).

[0127] The compound according to the first embodiment preferably satisfies only one condition selected from the group consisting of the conditions (I), (II), and (III). The compound according to the first embodiment preferably satisfies only the conditions (I) and (II), preferably satisfies only the conditions (II) and (III), and preferably satisfies only the conditions (I) and (III). The compound according to the first embodiment preferably satisfies at least the condition (I), and satisfies only the conditions (I) and (II), or satisfies only the conditions (I) and (III). The compound according to the first embodiment preferably satisfies all of the conditions (I), (II), and (III).

[0128] As used herein, the variables in the compounds of this embodiment, such as variable groups and variable atoms, are defined as, for example, R ｎ１ , R ｎ２ , R ｎ３, ..., R ｎｘ-1 , R ｎｘ For simplicity, if there are nx numbers, such as ｎ１ ~R ｎｘ For example, a compound having a formula with a particular structure may be described as follows: １１ , R １２ , R １３ , R １４ , and R １５ ", "R １１ , R １２ , R １３ , R １４ , and R １５ " is "R １１ ~R １５ " Similar expressions may also be written in the same way. Variable elements represented by other than R may also be written in the same way.

[0129] [First Aspect] In the compound according to the first embodiment, the first aspect is a compound that satisfies at least the above-mentioned condition (I). The compound according to the first aspect of this embodiment will be described below.

[0130] (Donor Moiety in Compound According to First Aspect) In the compound according to the first aspect of this embodiment, the donor moiety is represented by the following formula (D1) or formula (D2).

[0131]

[0132] In the formula (D1) or (D2), the ring Dx and the ring Dy are each independently a five- or six-membered aromatic hydrocarbon ring, a five- or six-membered aliphatic hydrocarbon ring, or a five- or six-membered heterocyclic ring, and the ring Dx is Ｄ The ring Dy has one or more substituents R Ｄ or has a substituent R Ｄ m is a substituent R Ｄ is an integer of 1 or more, and n is the number of substituents R Ｄ is an integer of 0 or 1 or more, and the number of substituents RＤ are bonded to the ring Dx to form a substituted or unsubstituted monocyclic ring, or are bonded to the ring Dx to form a substituted or unsubstituted fused ring, or are not bonded to the ring Dx, and the substituent R of the ring Dy is Ｄ are bonded to the ring Dy to form a substituted or unsubstituted monocyclic ring, are bonded to the ring Dy to form a substituted or unsubstituted fused ring, or are not bonded to the ring Dy, and the ring Dx has two or more substituents R Ｄ When two or more adjacent substituents R Ｄ are bonded to each other to form a substituted or unsubstituted monocyclic ring, or are bonded to each other to form a substituted or unsubstituted fused ring, or are not bonded to each other, and the ring Dy is not a ring having two or more substituents R Ｄ When two or more adjacent substituents R Ｄ are bonded to each other to form a substituted or unsubstituted monocyclic ring, or are bonded to each other to form a substituted or unsubstituted fused ring, or are not bonded to each other, and the substituents R Ｄ are each independently -N(R １０１ ) (R １０２ a group represented by —Si(R １０３ ) (R １０４ ) (R １０５ a group represented by —C(═O)R １０６ a group represented by —C(R １０７ ) (R １０８ ) (R １０９ a group represented by —O(R １１３ ), a substituted or unsubstituted alkyl group, a substituted or unsubstituted cycloalkyl group, a substituted or unsubstituted aryl group, or a substituted or unsubstituted heterocyclic group, １０１ , R １０２ , R １０３ , R １０４ , R １０５ , R １０６ , R １０７ , R １０８ , R １０９ , and R１１３ are each independently a hydrogen atom, a substituted or unsubstituted alkyl group, a substituted or unsubstituted cycloalkyl group, a substituted or unsubstituted aryl group, or a substituted or unsubstituted heterocyclic group, provided that the substituents R Ｄ is one, and the one substituent R Ｄ -N (R １０１ ) (R １０２ ) when R １０１ and R １０２ are not hydrogen atoms or substituted or unsubstituted alkyl groups, and the substituent R Ｄ are two, and the two substituents R Ｄ One of them is -N(R １０１ ) (R １０２ ), the other is a group represented by —O(R １１３ ) is not a group represented by R １０１ If there are multiple R １０１ are the same or different from each other, R １０２ If there are multiple R １０２ are the same or different from each other, R １０３ If there are multiple R １０３ are the same or different from each other, R １０４ If there are multiple R １０４ are the same or different from each other, R １０５ If there are multiple R １０５ are the same or different from each other, R １０６ If there are multiple R １０６ are the same or different from each other, R １０７ If there are multiple R １０７ are the same or different from each other, R １０８ If there are multiple R １０８ are the same or different from each other, R １０９ If there are multiple R １０９ are the same or different from each other, R １１３If there are multiple R １１３ are the same or different, and *d is the bonding position.

[0133] R in the compound according to the first aspect of this embodiment １０１ ~R １０９ , and R １１３ represents R in the formula (D1) and the formula (D2). １０１ ~R １０９ , and R １１３ is synonymous with.

[0134] In the compound according to the first aspect of this embodiment, it is preferable that ring Dx and ring Dy in formula (D1) or formula (D2) are each independently a five- or six-membered aromatic hydrocarbon ring, or a five- or six-membered heterocycle.

[0135] In the compound according to the first aspect of this embodiment, the donor moiety is preferably represented by the following formula (D11), (D12), (D13), (D21), or (D22).

[0136]

[0137] (In the groups represented by the formulae (D11), (D12), (D13), (D21), and (D22), Z １１ , Z １２ , Z １３ , Z １４ , Z １６ and Z １９ are each independently C(R １００ ) and Z １５ , Z １７ and Z １８ are each independently an oxygen atom, a sulfur atom, or C═R １００ , N(R １１０ ), or C(R １１１ ) (R １１２ ) and Z ２１ , Z ２３ , and Z ２４ are each independently an oxygen atom, a sulfur atom, or N(R １１０ ), or C(R １１１ ) (R １１２ ) and Z２２ is C(R １００ ) and R １１ , R １２ , R １００ , R １１０ , R １１１ , and R １１２ At least one pair of adjacent pairs of R are bonded to each other to form a substituted or unsubstituted monocyclic ring, or bonded to each other to form a substituted or unsubstituted fused ring, or are not bonded to each other, １３ , R １４ , R １００ , R １１０ , R １１１ , and R １１２ At least one pair of adjacent pairs of R are bonded to each other to form a substituted or unsubstituted monocyclic ring, or bonded to each other to form a substituted or unsubstituted fused ring, or are not bonded to each other, １５ , R １６ , R １００ , R １１０ , R １１１ , and R １１２ At least one pair of adjacent pairs of R are bonded to each other to form a substituted or unsubstituted monocyclic ring, or bonded to each other to form a substituted or unsubstituted fused ring, or are not bonded to each other, ２３ , R ２４ , R １００ , R １１０ , R １１１ , and R １１２ At least one pair of adjacent pairs of R are bonded to each other to form a substituted or unsubstituted monocyclic ring, or bonded to each other to form a substituted or unsubstituted fused ring, or are not bonded to each other, ２５ , R ２６ , R １１０ , R １１１ , and R １１２At least one pair of adjacent pairs of R are bonded to each other to form a substituted or unsubstituted monocycle, or bonded to each other to form a substituted or unsubstituted fused ring, or are not bonded to each other to form the substituted or unsubstituted monocycle and the substituted or unsubstituted fused ring. １１ ~R １６ , R ２３ ~R ２６ , R １００ , and R １１０ ~R １１２ are each independently a hydrogen atom, a substituted or unsubstituted alkyl group, a substituted or unsubstituted cycloalkyl group, a substituted or unsubstituted aryl group, a substituted or unsubstituted heterocyclic group, -N(R １０１ ) (R １０２ a group represented by —Si(R １０３ ) (R １０４ ) (R １０５ ), a group represented by —C(R １０７ ) (R １０８ ) (R １０９ ), or a group represented by —O(R １１３ ) and *d is the bonding position.

[0138] In the groups represented by the formulae (D11), (D12), (D13), (D21), and (D22), R does not form the substituted or unsubstituted monocycle and does not form the substituted or unsubstituted fused ring. １１ ~R １６ , R ２３ ~R ２６ , R １００ , and R １１０ ~R １１２ One of the -N(R １０１ ) (R １０２ ) when R １０１ and R １０２ In the groups represented by the formulae (D11), (D12), (D13), (D21), and (D22), R that does not form the substituted or unsubstituted monocycle and does not form the substituted or unsubstituted fused ring １１ ~R１６ , R ２３ ~R ２６ , R １００ One of the two selected from the group consisting of -N(R １０１ ) (R １０２ ), the other is a group represented by —O(R １１３ ) is not a group represented by the formula (I).

[0139] In the compound according to the first aspect of this embodiment, the donor moiety is preferably represented by the following formula (D111), (D112), (D113), (D121), (D122), (D123), or (D124).

[0140]

[0141] (In the groups represented by the formulae (D111), (D112), (D113), (D121), (D122), (D123), and (D124), R １１ , R １２ , R １３ , R １４ , and R １５ At least one pair of adjacent pairs of R are bonded to each other to form a substituted or unsubstituted monocyclic ring, or bonded to each other to form a substituted or unsubstituted fused ring, or are not bonded to each other, ２０ , R ２１ , R ２２ , R ２３ , and R ２４ At least one pair of adjacent pairs of R are bonded to each other to form a substituted or unsubstituted monocycle, or bonded to each other to form a substituted or unsubstituted fused ring, or are not bonded to each other to form the substituted or unsubstituted monocycle and the substituted or unsubstituted fused ring. １１ ~R １５ , and R ２０ ~R ２４ are each independently a hydrogen atom, -N(R １０１ ) (R １０２ a group represented by —Si(R １０３ ) (R １０４ ) (R １０５a group represented by —C(═O)R １０６ a group represented by —O(R １１３ ) a substituted or unsubstituted alkyl group, a substituted or unsubstituted cycloalkyl group, a substituted or unsubstituted aryl group, or a substituted or unsubstituted heterocyclic group, and *d is the bonding position.

[0142] In the groups represented by the formulae (D111), (D112), (D113), (D121), (D122), (D123), and (D124), R that does not form the substituted or unsubstituted monocycle and does not form the substituted or unsubstituted fused ring １１ ~R １５ , and R ２０ ~R ２４ One of the -N(R １０１ ) (R １０２ ) when R １０１ and R １０２ and R are not hydrogen atoms or substituted or unsubstituted alkyl groups. In the groups represented by the formulae (D111), (D112), (D113), (D121), (D122), (D123), and (D124), R that does not form the substituted or unsubstituted monocycle and does not form the substituted or unsubstituted fused ring １１ ~R １５ , and R ２０ ~R ２４ One of the two selected from the group consisting of -N(R １０１ ) (R １０２ ), the other is a group represented by —O(R １１３ ) is not a group represented by the formula (I).

[0143] In the compound according to the first aspect of this embodiment, the donor moiety is preferably represented by formula (D111).

[0144] In the compound according to the first aspect of this embodiment, R in formula (D111) １１ ~R １５ It is also preferred that none of the groups are bonded to each other.

[0145] In the compound according to the first aspect of this embodiment, R in formula (D111)１４ and R １５ It is also preferred that the pairs of: be bonded to each other to form a substituted or unsubstituted monocyclic ring, or be bonded to each other to form a substituted or unsubstituted fused ring.

[0146] One aspect of the compound according to the first aspect of this embodiment is a compound represented by the formula (D111) １１ ~R １５ One of the groups is -N(R １０１ ) (R １０２ ), the remaining R １１ ~R １５ But -O(R １１３ ) is not a group represented by the formula (I).

[0147] In the compound according to the first aspect of this embodiment, R in formula (D111) １１ ~R １５ are each independently a hydrogen atom or —O(R １１３ ) is also preferred.

[0148] In the compound according to the first aspect of this embodiment, R in formula (D111) １１ ~R １５ At least one of the groups is —O(R １１３ In the compound according to the first aspect of this embodiment, R in formula (D111) is also preferably a group represented by １１ ~R １５ Three of them are -O(R １１３ ) is also preferred.

[0149] In the compound according to the first aspect of this embodiment, R in formula (D111) １１ ~R １５ Three of them are -O(R １１３ ) and the remaining two are hydrogen atoms.

[0150] In the compound according to the first aspect of this embodiment, R in formula (D111) １４ But -O(R １１３ ) is a group represented by R １１ and R １５ One of the groups is -O(R １１３) is a group represented by R １１ and R １５ The other is a hydrogen atom, and R １２ and R １３ One of the groups is -O(R １１３ ) is a group represented by R １２ and R １３ It is also preferred that the other is a hydrogen atom.

[0151] In the compound according to the first aspect of this embodiment, R in formula (D111) １１ , R １２ , and R １４ But -O(R １１３ ) is a group represented by R １３ and R １５ is also preferably a hydrogen atom.

[0152] In the compound according to the first aspect of this embodiment, R in formula (D111) １１ ~R １５ At least one selected from the group consisting of -O(R １１３ ), when R １１ ~R １５ R in １１３ is also preferably an unsubstituted alkyl group.

[0153] In the compound according to the first aspect of this embodiment, R in formula (D111) １１ ~R １５ At least one selected from the group consisting of -O(R １１３ ), when R １１ ~R １５ R in １１３ is preferably an unsubstituted alkyl group having 1 to 20 carbon atoms, preferably an unsubstituted alkyl group having 1 to 10 carbon atoms, preferably an unsubstituted alkyl group having 1 to 8 carbon atoms, preferably an unsubstituted alkyl group having 1 to 5 carbon atoms, preferably an unsubstituted alkyl group having 1 to 3 carbon atoms, or preferably a methyl group.

[0154] In the compound according to the first aspect of this embodiment, the donor moiety is also preferably represented by the following formula (D111-1A), (D111-1B), (D111-1C), (D111-1D), (D111-1E), (D111-1F), (D111-1G), or (D111-1H).

[0155]

[0156]

[0157] (In the formulae (D111-1A), (D111-1B), (D111-1C), (D111-1D), (D111-1E), (D111-1F), (D111-1G), and (D111-1H), R １１ , R １２ , R １３ , R １５ , each independently represent a hydrogen atom, a substituted or unsubstituted alkyl group, a substituted or unsubstituted cycloalkyl group, a substituted or unsubstituted aryl group, or a substituted or unsubstituted heterocyclic group; R １７ , R １６１ , R １６２ , R １６３ , R １６４ , R １６５ , R １６６ , R １６７ , R １６８ , R １６９ , R １７０ , R １７１ , R １７２ , R １７３ , R １７４ , R １７５ , R １７６ , R １７７ , R １７８ , R １７９ , R １８０ , R １８１ , R １８２ , R １８３ , R １８４ , R １８５ , R １８６ , R １８７ , R １８８ , R １８９ , R １９０ , R １９１ , R １６１Ａ , R １６２Ａ , R１６３Ａ , and R １６４Ａ are each independently a hydrogen atom, a substituted or unsubstituted alkyl group, a substituted or unsubstituted cycloalkyl group, a substituted or unsubstituted aryl group, a substituted or unsubstituted heterocyclic group, or —O(R １１３ ) where *d is the bonding position.

[0158] In the compound according to the first aspect of this embodiment, the donor moiety is also preferably represented by the following formula (D122-1), (D123-1A), or (D123-1B):

[0159]

[0160] (In the formulae (D122-1), (D123-1A), and (D123-1B), R ２２ , R ２３ , R ２６ , and R ２７ are each independently a hydrogen atom, a substituted or unsubstituted alkyl group, a substituted or unsubstituted cycloalkyl group, a substituted or unsubstituted aryl group, a substituted or unsubstituted heterocyclic group, or —O(R １１３ ) is a group represented by R ２８１ , R ２８２ , R ２８３ , R ２８４ , and R ２８５ At least one pair of adjacent pairs of R are bonded to each other to form a substituted or unsubstituted monocycle, or bonded to each other to form a substituted or unsubstituted fused ring, or are not bonded to each other to form the substituted or unsubstituted monocycle and the substituted or unsubstituted fused ring. ２８１ , R ２８２ , R ２８３ , R ２８４ , and R ２８５ are each independently a hydrogen atom, a substituted or unsubstituted alkyl group, a substituted or unsubstituted cycloalkyl group, a substituted or unsubstituted aryl group, a substituted or unsubstituted heterocyclic group, -N(R １０１ ) (R １０２), or a group represented by —O(R １１３ ) where *d is the bonding position.

[0161] In the compound according to the first aspect of this embodiment, the donor moiety is also preferably represented by formula (D123-1B).

[0162] In the compound according to the first aspect of this embodiment, R ２８１ ~R ２８５ It is also preferred that none of the groups are bonded to each other.

[0163] In the compound according to the first aspect of this embodiment, R ２８２ and R ２８３ It is also preferred that the pairs of: be bonded to each other to form a substituted or unsubstituted monocyclic ring, or be bonded to each other to form a substituted or unsubstituted fused ring.

[0164] In one aspect of the compound according to the first aspect of this embodiment, R ２８１ ~R ２８５ One of them is -N(R １０１ ) (R １０２ ), the remaining R ２８１ ~R ２８５ But -O(R １１３ ) is not a group represented by the formula (I).

[0165] In the compound according to the first aspect of this embodiment, R ２８１ ~R ２８５ are each independently a hydrogen atom, —N(R １０１ ) (R １０２ ) or a group represented by —O(R １１３ ) is also preferred.

[0166] In the compound according to the first aspect of this embodiment, R ２８１ ~R ２８５ are each independently a hydrogen atom or —O(R １１３ In the compound according to the first aspect of this embodiment, R in formula (D123-1B) is also preferably a group represented by２８１ ~R ２８５ are each independently a hydrogen atom or —N(R １０１ ) (R １０２ ) is also preferred.

[0167] In the compound according to the first aspect of this embodiment, R ２８１ ~R ２８５ At least one of the groups is —O(R １１３ In the compound according to the first aspect of this embodiment, R in formula (D123-1B) is also preferably a group represented by ２８１ ~R ２８５ Three of them are -O(R １１３ ) is also preferred.

[0168] In the compound according to the first aspect of this embodiment, R ２８１ ~R ２８５ Three of them are -O(R １１３ ) and the remaining two are hydrogen atoms.

[0169] In the compound according to the first aspect of this embodiment, R ２８３ But -O(R １１３ ) is a group represented by R ２８１ and R ２８２ One of the groups is -O(R １１３ ) is a group represented by R ２８１ and R ２８２ The other is a hydrogen atom, and R ２８４ and R ２８５ One of the groups is -O(R １１３ ) is a group represented by R ２８４ and R ２８５ In the compound according to the first aspect of this embodiment, it is also preferable that the other of R in formula (D123-1B) is a hydrogen atom. ２８１ , R ２８３ , and R ２８５ But -O(R １１３ ) is a group represented by R ２８２ , and R ２８４ is also preferably a hydrogen atom.

[0170] In the compound according to the first aspect of this embodiment, R ２８１ ~R ２８５ At least one selected from the group consisting of -O(R １１３ ), when R ２８１ ~R ２８５ R in １１３ is also preferably an unsubstituted alkyl group.

[0171] In the compound according to the first aspect of this embodiment, R ２８１ ~R ２８５ At least one selected from the group consisting of -O(R １１３ ), when R ２８１ ~R ２８５ R in １１３ is preferably an unsubstituted alkyl group having 1 to 20 carbon atoms, preferably an unsubstituted alkyl group having 1 to 10 carbon atoms, preferably an unsubstituted alkyl group having 1 to 8 carbon atoms, preferably an unsubstituted alkyl group having 1 to 5 carbon atoms, preferably an unsubstituted alkyl group having 1 to 3 carbon atoms, or preferably a methyl group.

[0172] In the compound according to the first aspect of this embodiment, R ２８１ ~R ２８５ One of the groups is -N(R １０１ ) (R １０２ ) and the remaining four are hydrogen atoms.

[0173] In the compound according to the first aspect of this embodiment, R ２８１ ~R ２８５ At least one selected from the group consisting of -N(R １０１ ) (R １０２ ), when R ２８１ ~R ２８５ R in １０１ and R １０２ are also preferably each independently a substituted or unsubstituted aryl group.

[0174] In the compound according to the first aspect of this embodiment, R ２８１ ~R ２８５ At least one selected from the group consisting of -N(R １０１ ) (R １０２ ), when R ２８１ ~R ２８５ R in １０１ and R １０２ is also preferably an unsubstituted phenyl group.

[0175] In the compound according to the first aspect of this embodiment, the donor moiety is also preferably represented by the following formula (D123-2A), (D123-3A), or (D123-4A).

[0176]

[0177] (In the formulae (D123-2A), (D123-3A), and (D123-4A), R ２１ , R ２８ , R ２９ , R ２８６ , R ２８７ , R ２８８ , R ２８９ , R ２９０ are each independently a hydrogen atom, a substituted or unsubstituted alkyl group, a substituted or unsubstituted cycloalkyl group, a substituted or unsubstituted aryl group, a substituted or unsubstituted heterocyclic group, or —O(R １１３ ) where *d is the bonding position.

[0178] In the compound according to the first aspect of this embodiment, the donor moiety is preferably represented by the following formula (D112-1) or (D121-1):

[0179]

[0180] (In the formulae (D112-1) and (D121-1), R １２ , R １３ , R ２１ , R ２４ , R ２１１ , R ２１２ , R ２１３ , R ２１５, R ２１６ , R ２１７ , R ２９１ , R ２９２ , R ２９３ , R ２９４ , and R ２９５ are each independently a hydrogen atom, a substituted or unsubstituted alkyl group, a substituted or unsubstituted cycloalkyl group, a substituted or unsubstituted aryl group, a substituted or unsubstituted heterocyclic group, or —O(R １１３ ) where *d is the bonding position.

[0181] In the compound according to the first aspect of this embodiment, the donor moiety is preferably represented by the following formula (D111-1A-1) or (D111-1A-2):

[0182]

[0183] (In the formulas (D111-1A-1) and (D111-1A-2), *d represents the bonding position.)

[0184] In the compound according to the first aspect of this embodiment, the donor moiety is also preferably represented by the following formula (D111-1B-1), (D111-1C-1), or (D111-1C-2).

[0185]

[0186] (In the formulae (D111-1B-1), (D111-1C-1), and (D111-1C-2), *d represents the bonding position.)

[0187] In the compound according to the first aspect of this embodiment, the donor moiety is preferably represented by the following formula (D111-1D-1), (D111-1E-1), or (D111-1F-1).

[0188]

[0189] (In the formulae (D111-1D-1), (D111-1E-1), and (D111-1F-1), *d represents a bonding position.)

[0190] In the compound according to the first aspect of this embodiment, the donor moiety is preferably represented by the following formula (D111-1G-1) or (D111-1H-1):

[0191]

[0192] (In the formulae (D111-1G-1) and (D111-1H-1), *d represents a bonding position.)

[0193] In the compound according to the first aspect of this embodiment, the donor moiety is also preferably represented by the following formula (D111-1J-1):

[0194]

[0195] (In the formula (D111-1J-1), *d represents the bonding position.)

[0196] In the compound according to the first aspect of this embodiment, the donor moiety is also preferably represented by the following formula (D111-2):

[0197]

[0198] (In the formula (D111-2), *d is the bonding position.)

[0199] In the compound according to the first aspect of this embodiment, the donor moiety is also preferably represented by the following formula (D122-1-1), (D123-1A-1), (D123-1B-1), (D123-1B-2), (D123-1B-3), or (D123-1B-4).

[0200]

[0201]

[0202] (In the formulae (D122-1-1), (D123-1A-1), (D123-1B-1), (D123-1B-2), (D123-1B-3), and (D123-1B-4), *d represents a bonding position.)

[0203] In the compound according to the first aspect of this embodiment, the donor moiety is preferably represented by the following formula (D124-1A-1), (D124-2A-1), or (D124-3A-1).

[0204]

[0205] (In the formulae (D124-1A-1), (D124-2A-1), and (D124-3A-1), *d represents a bonding position.)

[0206] In the compound according to the first aspect of this embodiment, the donor moiety is preferably represented by the following formula (D112-1-1) or (D121-1-1):

[0207]

[0208] (In the formulas (D112-1-1) and (D121-1-1), *d represents the bonding position.)

[0209] In the compound according to the first aspect of this embodiment, the donor moiety is preferably represented by the following formula (D113-1) or (D125-1):

[0210]

[0211] (In the formulas (D113-1) and (D125-1), *d represents the bonding position.)

[0212] The donor moiety is preferably a group having electron-donating properties.

[0213] In the donor moiety of the compound according to the first aspect of this embodiment, *d as the bonding position is preferably the bonding position to the π-conjugated moiety.

[0214] (Acceptor Moiety in Compound Relating to First Aspect) As the acceptor moiety of the compound relating to the first aspect of this embodiment, known acceptor moieties used in electro-optical compounds or organic nonlinear optical materials can be applied. In the compound relating to the first aspect of this embodiment, the acceptor moiety is preferably a group having electron-withdrawing properties.

[0215] The acceptor moiety of the compound according to the first aspect of this embodiment is preferably represented by, for example, formula (AX1) or (AX2) below.

[0216]

[0217] (In the formulas (AX1) and (AX2), Y １ and Y ２ are each independently -C(R Ａ３０ ) (R Ａ３１ )-, -C(O)-, -O-, or -NR Ａ３２ -, where Y １ and Y ２ At least one of the groups is —O— or —NR Ａ３２ - and R Ａ３０ and R Ａ３１ are each independently a hydrogen atom, a substituted or unsubstituted alkyl group, or a substituted or unsubstituted aryl group; R Ａ３２ represents a hydrogen atom or a substituted or unsubstituted alkyl group, and *a represents the bonding position.

[0218] In the first, second, and third aspects of this embodiment, CN represents a cyano group.

[0219] The acceptor moiety of the compound according to the first aspect of this embodiment is preferably represented by, for example, formula (AX11) or (AX21) below.

[0220]

[0221] (In the formulae (AX11) and (AX21), R Ａ３０ and R Ａ３１ are each independently a hydrogen atom, a substituted or unsubstituted alkyl group, or a substituted or unsubstituted aryl group; R Ａ３２ represents a hydrogen atom or a substituted or unsubstituted alkyl group, and *a represents the bonding position.

[0222] In the acceptor moiety of the compound according to the first aspect of this embodiment, R Ａ３０ and R Ａ３１ At least one of the groups is preferably a substituted alkyl group, more preferably a haloalkyl group substituted with a halogen atom, and even more preferably a trifluoromethyl group.

[0223] The acceptor moiety of the compound according to the first aspect of this embodiment is preferably represented by, for example, formula (AX11-1), (AX11-2), (AX21-1), or (AX21-2) below.

[0224]

[0225]

[0226] In the acceptor moiety of the compound according to the first aspect of this embodiment, *a is preferably the bonding position with the π-conjugated moiety.

[0227] In the compound according to the first aspect of this embodiment, the acceptor moiety is preferably the same as the acceptor moiety in the compound according to the second aspect described below. In the compound according to the first aspect of this embodiment, the acceptor moiety is preferably represented by formula (A1) or formula (A2) in the compound according to the second aspect described below.

[0228] In the compound according to the first aspect of this embodiment, when the acceptor moiety is the acceptor moiety in the compound according to the second aspect described below, the acceptor moiety is preferably represented by formula (A1) in the compound according to the second aspect described below.

[0229] In the compound according to the first aspect of this embodiment, when the acceptor moiety is represented by formula (A1) in the compound according to the second aspect described below, the acceptor moiety is also preferably represented by formula (A11) in the compound according to the second aspect described below, or is also preferably represented by formula (A11-b), or is also preferably represented by formula (A11-2), or is also preferably represented by formula (A111-2).

[0230] (π-conjugated moiety in the compound according to the first aspect) As the π-conjugated moiety in the compound according to the first aspect of this embodiment, a known π-conjugated moiety used in an organic nonlinear optical material or an electro-optical compound can be applied. The π-conjugated moiety may also be referred to as a π-conjugated bridge.

[0231] In the compound according to the first aspect of this embodiment, the π-conjugated portion preferably has a conjugated system with a conjugated multiple bond. In the compound according to the first aspect of this embodiment, the π-conjugated portion is not particularly limited, as long as, for example, the π-electrons are delocalized from the donor portion to the acceptor portion through electron orbitals within the π-conjugated portion. The conjugated multiple bond of the π-conjugated portion may be either a double bond or a triple bond, and is preferably a double bond. Examples of π-conjugation include carbon-carbon conjugation and conjugation containing nitrogen.

[0232] The π-conjugated portion of the compound according to the first aspect of this embodiment is preferably represented by, for example, formula (PX1), (PX2), (PX3), (PX4), (PX5), or (PX11) below.

[0233]

[0234]

[0235]

[0236]

[0237]

[0238]

[0239] In the formulae (PX1), (PX2), (PX3), (PX5), and (PX11), p and q each independently represent 0, 1, 2, or 3, and in the formulae (PX1) and (PX11), R Ｐ１ , R Ｐ２ At least one pair of adjacent pairs of R are bonded to each other to form a substituted or unsubstituted monocycle, or bonded to each other to form a substituted or unsubstituted fused ring, or are not bonded to each other to form the substituted or unsubstituted monocycle and the substituted or unsubstituted fused ring. Ｐ１ and R Ｐ２ and R in the formula (PX2). Ｐ１ , R Ｐ２ , and R Ｐ３ , R in the formula (PX3) Ｐ１ , R Ｐ２, R Ｐ３ and R Ｐ４ are each independently a hydrogen atom, a substituted or unsubstituted alkyl group, a substituted or unsubstituted alkoxy group, a substituted or unsubstituted aryl group, a substituted or unsubstituted alkenyl group, a substituted or unsubstituted cycloalkyl group, a substituted or unsubstituted cycloalkenyl group, a substituted or unsubstituted haloalkyl group, a substituted or unsubstituted aralkyl group, a substituted or unsubstituted aryloxy group, or a substituted or unsubstituted aralkyloxy group; *1 and *2 are bonding positions; in formula (PX4), p1 is 1, 2, or 3; *1 and *2 are bonding positions; in formula (PX5), Z Ｂ and Z Ｃ are each independently C(R １００ ), or a nitrogen atom, and a plurality of R １００ are the same or different from each other, and Z Ａ are each independently an oxygen atom, a sulfur atom, or N(R １１０ ), or C(R １１１ ) (R １１２ ) and two or more R １００ When two or more adjacent R １００ are bonded to each other to form a substituted or unsubstituted monocycle, or are bonded to each other to form a substituted or unsubstituted fused ring, or are not bonded to each other, and are not bonded to each other to form the substituted or unsubstituted monocycle and are not bonded to each other to form the substituted or unsubstituted fused ring. １００ are each independently a hydrogen atom, a substituted or unsubstituted alkyl group, a substituted or unsubstituted cycloalkyl group, a substituted or unsubstituted aryl group, a substituted or unsubstituted heterocyclic group, -N(R １０１ ) (R １０２ a group represented by —Si(R １０３ ) (R １０４ ) (R １０５ ), a group represented by —C(R １０７ ) (R １０８ ) (R１０９ ), or a group represented by —O(R １１３ ) where *1 and *2 are bonding positions.

[0240] In the π-conjugated portion of the compound according to the first aspect of this embodiment, it is also preferable that p is 1 and q is 0, and it is also preferable that p is 1 and q is 1. In the compound according to the first aspect of this embodiment, it is also preferable that p1 is 1.

[0241] The π-conjugated moiety of the compound according to the first aspect of this embodiment is preferably represented, for example, by formula (PX1-1), (PX2-1), or (PX3-1) below. The π-conjugated moiety of the compound according to the first aspect of this embodiment is preferably represented, for example, by formula (PX1-1) below. Formula (PX1-1) below corresponds to the π-conjugated moiety when p is 1 and q is 0 in formula (PX1), formula (PX2-1) below corresponds to the π-conjugated moiety when p is 1 and q is 0 in formula (PX2), and formula (PX3-1) below corresponds to the π-conjugated moiety when p is 1 and q is 0 in formula (PX3).

[0242]

[0243] The π-conjugated moiety of the compound according to the first aspect of this embodiment is preferably represented, for example, by formula (PX11-1) or formula (PX11-2) below. The π-conjugated moiety of the compound according to the first aspect of this embodiment is preferably represented, for example, by formula (PX4-1) below. Formula (PX11-1) below corresponds to the π-conjugated moiety when p is 0 and q is 1 in formula (PX11), formula (PX11-2) below corresponds to the π-conjugated moiety when p is 1 and q is 0 in formula (PX11), and formula (PX4-1) below corresponds to the π-conjugated moiety when p1 is 1 in formula (PX4).

[0244]

[0245] The π-conjugated portion of the compound according to the first aspect of this embodiment is preferably represented by the following formula (PX5-1), for example. The following formula (PX5-1) is a compound represented by the formula (PX5) where p is 1, q is 1, and Z Ａ is an oxygen atom, and Z Ｂand Z Ｃ are C(R １００ ) and R １００ is a hydrogen atom.

[0246]

[0247] In the compound according to the first aspect of the present embodiment, when the π-conjugated moiety is represented by formula (P1) in the compound according to the third aspect described below, the π-conjugated moiety is also preferably represented by formula (P15-1), preferably represented by formula (P15-1A), or preferably represented by formula (P15-1A-3) in the compound according to the third aspect described below.

[0248] In the π-conjugated moiety of the compound according to the first aspect of this embodiment, it is preferred that one of *1 and *2 is a bonding site with an acceptor moiety, and the other of *1 and *2 is a bonding site with a donor moiety.

[0249] In the compound according to the first aspect of this embodiment, the π-conjugated moiety is preferably the π-conjugated moiety in the compound according to the third aspect described below. In the compound according to the first aspect of this embodiment, the π-conjugated moiety is preferably represented by formula (P1), (P2), or (P3) in the compound according to the third aspect described below.

[0250] [Second Aspect] In the compound according to the first aspect, the second aspect is a compound that satisfies at least the above-mentioned condition (II). The compound according to the second aspect of this embodiment will be described below.

[0251] (Acceptor Moiety in Compound According to Second Aspect) In the compound according to the second aspect of this embodiment, the acceptor moiety is represented by the following formula (A1) or formula (A2).

[0252]

[0253] (In the formula (A1), X Ａ１ and X Ａ２ are each independently O (oxygen atom) or C (CN) ２ where X Ａ１ and X Ａ２ One of the groups is O, and X Ａ１ and XＡ２ The other is C (CN) ２ If X Ａ１ and X Ａ２ is directly bonded to a ring other than a five-membered ring, and ring Ax is a substituted or unsubstituted monocyclic aromatic hydrocarbon ring, a substituted or unsubstituted polycyclic aromatic hydrocarbon ring, a substituted or unsubstituted monocyclic aliphatic hydrocarbon ring, a substituted or unsubstituted polycyclic aliphatic hydrocarbon ring, a substituted or unsubstituted monocyclic heterocyclic ring, or a substituted or unsubstituted polycyclic heterocyclic ring, and *a indicates the bonding position.

[0254]

[0255] (In the formula (A2), na represents the number of rings Ay, and na is an integer of 0 or 1 or more, １ , and ring Ay ２ are each independently a substituted or unsubstituted monocyclic aromatic hydrocarbon ring, a substituted or unsubstituted monocyclic aliphatic hydrocarbon ring, or a substituted or unsubstituted monocyclic heterocycle, and when na is 0, the ring Ay １ and Ring Ay ２ and are condensed together, and when na is an integer of 1 or more, ring Ay, ring Ay １ , and ring Ay ２ are each independently fused to an adjacent ring, and when na is an integer of 2 or more, the ring Ay １ and Ring Ay ２ and two or more rings Ay comprise a fused ring structure in which they are fused in series with adjacent rings, or comprise a fused ring structure in which they are branched and fused with adjacent rings, *a indicates a bonding position.

[0256] In the compound according to the second aspect of this embodiment, the acceptor moiety is preferably represented by the following formula (A11) or (A12).

[0257]

[0258] (In the formulas (A11) and (A12), X Ａ１ and X Ａ２ are X in the formula (A1), respectively. Ａ１ and XＡ２ and ring Ax １ , ring Ax ２ , and ring Ax ３ are each independently a substituted or unsubstituted monocyclic aromatic hydrocarbon ring, a substituted or unsubstituted monocyclic aliphatic hydrocarbon ring, or a substituted or unsubstituted monocyclic heterocycle, and *a indicates the bonding position.

[0259] In the compound according to the second aspect of this embodiment, the acceptor moiety is preferably represented by the following formula (A11-a), (A11-b), or (A12-a).

[0260]

[0261] (In the formulae (A11-a), (A11-b) and (A12-a), the ring Ax １ , ring Ax ２ , and ring Ax ３ are each independently a substituted or unsubstituted monocyclic aromatic hydrocarbon ring, a substituted or unsubstituted monocyclic aliphatic hydrocarbon ring, or a substituted or unsubstituted monocyclic heterocycle, and *a indicates the bonding position.

[0262] In the compound according to the second aspect of this embodiment, ring Ax １ is a five-membered ring, and ring Ax ２ In the compound according to the second aspect of this embodiment, it is preferable that the ring Ax ３ is preferably a six-membered ring.

[0263] In the formula (A11), X Ａ１ and X Ａ２ One of the groups is O, and X Ａ１ and X Ａ２ The other is C (CN) ２ If X Ａ１ and X Ａ２ is directly bonded to the ring Ax １ is not a five-membered ring. Ａ１ and X Ａ２ One of the groups is O, and X Ａ１ and X Ａ２ The other is C (CN) ２If X Ａ１ and X Ａ２ is directly bonded to the ring Ax ３ is not a five-membered ring.

[0264] In the compound according to the second aspect of this embodiment, the acceptor moiety is also preferably represented by the following formula (A11-c) or formula (A12-b):

[0265]

[0266] (In the formulae (A11-c) and (A12-b), the ring Ax １ , ring Ax ２ , and ring Ax ３ are each independently a substituted or unsubstituted monocyclic aromatic hydrocarbon ring, a substituted or unsubstituted monocyclic aliphatic hydrocarbon ring, or a substituted or unsubstituted monocyclic heterocycle, provided that ring Ax １ and ring Ax ３ is not a five-membered ring, and *a indicates the bonding position.

[0267] In the compound according to the second aspect of this embodiment, the acceptor moiety is preferably represented by the following formula (A11-1), formula (A11-2), or formula (A12-1).

[0268]

[0269] (In the formulae (A11-1) and (A11-2), R Ａ１ , R Ａ２ , R Ａ３ and R Ａ４ each independently represents a hydrogen atom, a halogen atom, a cyano group, a substituted or unsubstituted alkyl group, a substituted or unsubstituted aryl group, -NO ２ , —CHO, —CORx, —COORx, or —SO ２ Rx, and in the formula (A12-1), Z １ , Z ２ and Z ３ are each independently N(R Ａ５ ), C═O, or C(R Ａ６ ) (R Ａ７ ) and R Ａ５ , RＡ６ and R Ａ７ each independently represents a hydrogen atom, a halogen atom, a cyano group, a substituted or unsubstituted alkyl group, a substituted or unsubstituted aryl group, -NO ２ , —CHO, —CORx, —COORx, or —SO ２ Rx is a substituted or unsubstituted alkyl group, and when a plurality of Rx's are present, the plurality of Rx's are the same or different, and *a indicates the bonding position.

[0270] In the formula (A12-1), Z ２ In the formula (A12-1), Z is preferably C═O. １ and Z ３ are each independently N(R Ａ５ ) and two R Ａ５ are preferably the same as or different from each other.

[0271] In the compound according to the second aspect of this embodiment, the acceptor moiety is also preferably represented by the following formula (A12-1a):

[0272]

[0273] (In the formula (A12-1a), R Ａ５ represents R in formula (A12-1). Ａ５ and two R Ａ５ are the same or different, and *a indicates the bonding position.)

[0274] In the compound according to the second aspect of this embodiment, the acceptor moiety is preferably represented by the following formula (A111-1), (A111-2), (A112-1), or (A121-1).

[0275]

[0276] (In the formulae (A111-1), (A111-2), (A112-1) and (A121-1), *a indicates the bonding position.)

[0277] In the compound according to the second aspect of this embodiment, *a as the bonding position is preferably the bonding position to the π-conjugated portion.

[0278] In the compound according to the second aspect of this embodiment, na in formula (A2) is preferably 1 or 2.

[0279] In the compound according to the second aspect of this embodiment, the acceptor moiety is preferably represented by the following formula (A21) or (A22):

[0280]

[0281] (In the formula (A21), the ring Ay １ and ring Ay ２ respectively represent the ring Ay in the formula (A2). １ and ring Ay ２ and the ring Ay ３ has the same meaning as the ring Ay in the formula (A2), and in the formula (A22), １ and ring Ay ２ respectively represent the ring Ay in the formula (A2). １ and ring Ay ２ and the ring Ay ４ and ring Ay ５ are each independently defined as the ring Ay in formula (A2), and *a indicates the bonding position.

[0282] In the compound according to the second aspect of this embodiment, the ring Ay, the ring Ay １ , Ring Ay ２ , Ring Ay ３ , Ring Ay ４ and ring Ay ５ It is preferable that at least one ring selected from the group consisting of:

[0283]

[0284] (In the formulae (A200), (A201), (A202), and (A203), *a1, *a2, *a3, *a4, *a5, *a6, and *a7 indicate bonding positions.)

[0285] In the compound according to the second aspect of this embodiment, the ring Ay １ It is preferable that the compound (A201) contains at least one selected from the group consisting of a structure represented by formula (A200), a structure represented by formula (A201), a structure represented by formula (A202), and a structure represented by formula (A203).

[0286] In the compound according to the second aspect of this embodiment, the ring Ay １ is also preferably a six-membered ring.

[0287] In the compound according to the second aspect of this embodiment, the ring Ay １ and ring Ay ２ are each preferably independently a nitrogen-containing ring.

[0288] In the compound according to the second aspect of this embodiment, the ring Ay １ is preferably a nitrogen-containing 6-membered ring, more preferably a substituted or unsubstituted azine ring, and even more preferably a substituted or unsubstituted pyrazine ring.

[0289] In the compound according to the second aspect of this embodiment, the ring Ay １ and ring Ay ２ are each independently preferably a nitrogen-containing 6-membered ring, more preferably a substituted or unsubstituted azine ring, and further preferably a substituted or unsubstituted pyrazine ring.

[0290] In the compound according to the second aspect of this embodiment, the ring Ay １ is also preferably a benzene ring.

[0291] In the compound according to the second aspect of this embodiment, the ring Ay ３ In the compound according to the second aspect of this embodiment, the ring Ay is preferably a 5-membered ring or a 6-membered ring. ３ is a 5-membered or 6-membered ring, and is selected from CN, C═O, and C═C(CN) ２It is preferable that the compound has at least one structure selected from the group consisting of:

[0292] In the compound according to the second aspect of this embodiment, the acceptor moiety is preferably represented by the following formula (A21-a) or (A21-b):

[0293]

[0294] (In the formula (A21-a), Y １ and Y ２ are each independently C=O, C=C(CN) ２ , N(R Ａ３１ ) or C(R Ａ３２ ) (R Ａ３３ ) *a indicates a bonding position, and X １ , X ２ , X ３ and X ４ one selected from the group consisting of *a is a carbon atom bonded to a single bond, and *a is not a carbon atom bonded to a single bond. １ , X ２ , X ３ and X ４ , and X ５ , X ６ , X ７ and X ８ are each independently a nitrogen atom or C(R Ａ３４ ) wherein in the formula (A21-b), Y ３ is C=O, C=C(CN) ２ , N(R Ａ３１ ) or C(R Ａ３２ ) (R Ａ３３ ), *a indicates the bond position, V １ , V ２ , V ３ and V ４ one selected from the group consisting of *a is a carbon atom bonded to a single bond, and *a is not a carbon atom bonded to a single bond. １ , V ２ , V ３ and V ４ , and V ５ , V ６ , V ７ and V ８are each independently a nitrogen atom or C(R Ａ３４ In the formula (A21-a) and the formula (A21-b), R Ａ３１ , R Ａ３２ , R Ａ３３ and R Ａ３４ each independently represents a hydrogen atom, a halogen atom, a cyano group, a substituted or unsubstituted alkyl group, a substituted or unsubstituted aryl group, -NO ２ , —CHO, —CORx, —COORx, or —SO ２ Rx, where Rx is a substituted or unsubstituted alkyl group, and when there are a plurality of Rx, the plurality of Rx are the same or different, and the plurality of R Ａ３１ are the same or different, and multiple R Ａ３２ are the same or different, and multiple R Ａ３３ are the same or different, and multiple R Ａ３４ are the same or different from each other.)

[0295] In the compound according to the second aspect of this embodiment, X １ , X ２ , X ３ and X ４ At least one selected from the group consisting of is a nitrogen atom, and X ５ , X ６ , X ７ and X ８ It is preferred that at least one selected from the group consisting of is a nitrogen atom.

[0296] In the compound according to the second aspect of this embodiment, X １ , X ２ , X ３ and X ４ two selected from the group consisting of are nitrogen atoms, and X ５ , X ６ , X ７ and X ８ Preferably, two selected from the group consisting of are nitrogen atoms.

[0297] In the compound according to the second aspect of this embodiment, Y １ and Y ２ Preferably, one or both of the groups is C=O.

[0298] In the compound according to the second aspect of this embodiment, V is not a carbon atom bonded to *a by a single bond. １ , V ２ , V ３ and V ４ , and V ５ , V ６ , V ７ and V ８ is C(R Ａ３４ ), and more preferably CH.

[0299] In the compound according to the second aspect of this embodiment, Y ３ is C=C(CN) ２ It is preferable that:

[0300] In the compound according to the second aspect of this embodiment, the ring Ay １ , Ring Ay ２ and ring Ay ５ In the compound according to the second aspect of this embodiment, the ring Ay is preferably a nitrogen-containing ring. １ , Ring Ay ２ and ring Ay ５ is preferably a nitrogen-containing 6-membered ring, more preferably a substituted or unsubstituted azine ring, and even more preferably a substituted or unsubstituted pyrazine ring.

[0301] In the compound according to the second aspect of this embodiment, the acceptor moiety is also preferably represented by the following formula (A22-a):

[0302]

[0303] (In the formula (A22-a), *a represents a bonding position, and T １ , T ２ , T ３ and T ４ one selected from the group consisting of *a is a carbon atom bonded to a single bond, and *a is not a carbon atom bonded to a single bond. １ , T ２ , T ３ and T ４ , and T ５ , T ６ , T ７ , T８ , T ９ , T １０ , T １１ and T １２ are each independently a nitrogen atom or C(R Ａ３５ ) and R Ａ３５ represents a hydrogen atom, a halogen atom, a cyano group, a substituted or unsubstituted alkyl group, a substituted or unsubstituted aryl group, -NO ２ , —CHO, —CORx, —COORx, or —SO ２ Rx, where Rx is a substituted or unsubstituted alkyl group, and when there are a plurality of Rx, the plurality of Rx are the same or different, and the plurality of R Ａ３５ are the same or different from each other.)

[0304] In the compound according to the second aspect of this embodiment, T １ , T ２ , T ３ and T ４ At least one selected from the group consisting of is a nitrogen atom, and T ５ , T ６ , T ７ and T ８ At least one selected from the group consisting of is a nitrogen atom, and T ９ , T １０ , T １１ and T １２ It is preferred that at least one selected from the group consisting of is a nitrogen atom.

[0305] In the compound according to the second aspect of this embodiment, T １ , T ２ , T ３ and T ４ two selected from the group consisting of are nitrogen atoms, and T ５ , T ６ , T ７ and T ８ two selected from the group consisting of are nitrogen atoms, and T ９ , T １０ , T １１ and T １２ Preferably, two selected from the group consisting of are nitrogen atoms.

[0306] In the compound according to the second aspect of this embodiment, T １ , T ４ , T ５ , T ８ , T ９ and T １２ is preferably a nitrogen atom.

[0307] In the compound according to the second aspect of this embodiment, the acceptor moiety is preferably represented by the following formula (A21-1) or formula (A22-1):

[0308]

[0309] (In the formulae (A21-1) and (A22-1), R Ａ８ , R Ａ９ , R Ａ１０ , R Ａ１１ , R Ａ１２ , R Ａ１３ , R Ａ１４ and R Ａ１５ each independently represents a hydrogen atom, a halogen atom, a cyano group, a substituted or unsubstituted alkyl group, a substituted or unsubstituted aryl group, -NO ２ , —CHO, —CORx, —COORx, or —SO ２ Rx is a substituted or unsubstituted alkyl group, and when a plurality of Rx's are present, the plurality of Rx's are the same or different, and *a indicates the bonding position.

[0310] In the compound according to the second aspect of this embodiment, the acceptor moiety is preferably represented by the following formula (A211-1) or formula (A221-1):

[0311]

[0312] (In the formulas (A211-1) and (A221-1), *a indicates the bonding position.)

[0313] In the compound according to the second aspect of this embodiment, the acceptor moiety is preferably represented by the following formula (A21-2):

[0314]

[0315] (In the formula (A21-2), ma represents R bonded to the ring.) Ａ２０ represents the number of R Ａ２０ are the same or different from each other, R Ａ２０ , R Ａ２１ , R Ａ２２ , R Ａ２３ and R Ａ２４ each independently represents a hydrogen atom, a halogen atom, a cyano group, a substituted or unsubstituted alkyl group, a substituted or unsubstituted aryl group, -NO ２ , —CHO, —CORx, —COORx, or —SO ２ Rx is a substituted or unsubstituted alkyl group, and when a plurality of Rx's are present, the plurality of Rx's are the same or different, and *a indicates the bonding position.

[0316] In the compound according to the second aspect of this embodiment, the acceptor moiety is preferably represented by the following formula (A212-1):

[0317]

[0318] (In the formula (A212-1), R Ａ２１ , R Ａ２２ , R Ａ２３ , R Ａ２４ , R Ａ２５ , R Ａ２７ and R Ａ２８ are each independently a hydrogen atom, a halogen atom, a cyano group, a substituted or unsubstituted alkyl group, a substituted or unsubstituted aryl group, -NO ２ , —CHO, —CORx, —COORx, or —SO ２ Rx is a substituted or unsubstituted alkyl group, and when a plurality of Rx's are present, the plurality of Rx's are the same or different, and *a indicates the bonding position.

[0319] In the compound according to the second aspect of this embodiment, the acceptor moiety is selected from the group consisting of nitrogen-containing rings, CN, C═O, and C═C(CN). ２It is preferable that the compound has at least one structure selected from the group consisting of:

[0320] In the compound according to the second aspect of this embodiment, the acceptor moiety is preferably a group having electron-withdrawing properties.

[0321] (Donor Moiety in Compound Relating to Second Aspect) As the donor moiety in the compound relating to the second aspect of this embodiment, known donor moieties used in electro-optical compounds or organic nonlinear optical materials can be applied. In the compound relating to the second aspect of this embodiment, the donor moiety is preferably a group having electron-donating properties.

[0322] The donor moiety of the compound according to the second aspect of this embodiment is preferably represented by the following formula (DX1), for example.

[0323]

[0324] (In the formula (DX1), R Ｄ１ and R Ｄ５ and R Ｄ２ and R Ｄ３ are bonded to each other to form a substituted or unsubstituted monocycle, or are bonded to each other to form a substituted or unsubstituted fused ring, or are not bonded to each other, and are not bonded to each other to form the substituted or unsubstituted monocycle and are not bonded to each other to form the substituted or unsubstituted fused ring. Ｄ１ , R Ｄ２ , R Ｄ３ and R Ｄ５ are each independently a hydrogen atom, a substituted or unsubstituted alkoxy group, a substituted or unsubstituted aryloxy group, a substituted or unsubstituted aralkyloxy group, a substituted or unsubstituted silyloxy group, a substituted or unsubstituted alkenyloxy group, a substituted or unsubstituted alkenylcarbonyloxy group, a substituted or unsubstituted alkynyloxy group, or a substituted or unsubstituted hydroxy group; R Ｄ４１ and R Ｄ４２are bonded to each other to form a substituted or unsubstituted monocyclic ring, or are bonded to each other to form a substituted or unsubstituted fused ring, or are not bonded to each other, with the proviso that R Ｄ１ and R Ｄ２ is a hydrogen atom, R Ｄ４１ and R Ｄ４２ are not bonded to each other, and do not form the substituted or unsubstituted monocyclic ring and do not form the substituted or unsubstituted fused ring. Ｄ４１ and R Ｄ４２ are each independently a hydrogen atom or a substituted or unsubstituted alkyl group, and *d is a bonding position.

[0325] The donor moiety of the compound according to the second aspect of this embodiment is preferably represented by, for example, formula (DX11) or (DX12) below.

[0326]

[0327] (In the formula (DX11) and formula (DX12), R Ｄ１１ and R Ｄ２１ are each independently a hydrogen atom, a substituted or unsubstituted alkyl group, a substituted or unsubstituted aryl group, a substituted or unsubstituted aralkyl group, a substituted or unsubstituted silyl group, a substituted or unsubstituted alkenyl group, a substituted or unsubstituted alkenylcarbonyl group, or a substituted or unsubstituted alkynyl group; R Ｄ４１ and R Ｄ４２ are R in the formula (DX1), respectively. Ｄ４１ and R Ｄ４２ *d is the bonding position.)

[0328] The donor moiety of the compound according to the second aspect of this embodiment is preferably represented by the following formula (DX21), for example.

[0329]

[0330] (In the formula (DX21), R Ｄ４１ and R Ｄ４２ are R in the formula (DX1), respectively. Ｄ４１and R Ｄ４２ and *d is the bonding position.)

[0331] The donor moiety of the compound according to the second aspect of this embodiment is preferably represented by, for example, formula (DX11-1), formula (DX11-2), or formula (DX21-1) below.

[0332]

[0333] In the donor moiety of the compound according to the second aspect of this embodiment, *d is preferably the bonding position with the π-conjugated moiety.

[0334] In the compound according to the second aspect of this embodiment, the donor moiety is preferably the donor moiety in the compound according to the first aspect described above. In the compound according to the second aspect of this embodiment, the donor moiety is preferably represented by formula (D1) or (D2) in the compound according to the first aspect described above.

[0335] (π-conjugated moiety in the compound according to the second aspect) As the π-conjugated moiety in the compound according to the second aspect of this embodiment, a known π-conjugated moiety used in an organic nonlinear optical material or an electro-optical compound can be applied. The π-conjugated moiety may be referred to as a π-conjugated bridge structure moiety.

[0336] In the compound according to the second aspect of this embodiment, the π-conjugated portion preferably has a conjugated system with a conjugated multiple bond. In the compound according to the second aspect of this embodiment, the π-conjugated portion is not particularly limited, as long as, for example, the π-electrons are delocalized from the donor portion to the acceptor portion through the electron orbital in the π-conjugated portion. The conjugated multiple bond in the π-conjugated portion may be either a double bond or a triple bond, and is preferably a double bond. Examples of π-conjugation include carbon-carbon conjugation and conjugation containing nitrogen.

[0337] The π-conjugated portion of the compound according to the second aspect of this embodiment is preferably represented by, for example, formula (PX1a), (PX2a), or (PX3a) below.

[0338]

[0339]

[0340]

[0341] (In the formulae (PX1a), (PX2a) and (PX3a), m and n each independently represent 0, 1, 2 or 3; R Ｐ１ , R Ｐ２ , R Ｐ３ and R Ｐ４ are each independently a hydrogen atom, a substituted or unsubstituted alkyl group, a substituted or unsubstituted alkoxy group, a substituted or unsubstituted aryl group, a substituted or unsubstituted alkenyl group, a substituted or unsubstituted cycloalkyl group, a substituted or unsubstituted cycloalkenyl group, a substituted or unsubstituted haloalkyl group, a substituted or unsubstituted aralkyl group, a substituted or unsubstituted aryloxy group, or a substituted or unsubstituted aralkyloxy group, and *1 and *2 are bonding positions.

[0342] In the compound according to the second aspect of this embodiment, it is also preferred that m is 1 and n is 0.

[0343] The π-conjugated moiety of the compound according to the second aspect of this embodiment is preferably represented by, for example, formula (PX1-1), (PX2-1), or (PX3-1) below. Formula (PX1-1) below corresponds to the π-conjugated moiety when m is 1 and n is 0 in formula (PX1a), formula (PX2-1) below corresponds to the π-conjugated moiety when m is 1 and n is 0 in formula (PX2a), and formula (PX3-1) below corresponds to the π-conjugated moiety when m is 1 and n is 0 in formula (PX3a).

[0344]

[0345] In the π-conjugated moiety of the compound according to the second aspect of this embodiment, it is preferred that one of *1 and *2 is a bonding site with an acceptor moiety, and the other of *1 and *2 is a bonding site with a donor moiety.

[0346] In the compound according to the second aspect of this embodiment, the π-conjugated moiety is preferably the π-conjugated moiety in the compound according to the third aspect described below. In the compound according to the second aspect of this embodiment, the π-conjugated moiety is preferably represented by formula (P1), (P2), or (P3) in the compound according to the third aspect described below.

[0347] [Third Aspect] In the compound according to the first embodiment, the third aspect is a compound that satisfies at least the above-mentioned condition (III). The compound according to the third aspect of this embodiment will be described below.

[0348] (π-Conjugated Moiety in Compound According to Third Aspect) In the compound according to the third aspect of this embodiment, the π-conjugated moiety is represented by the following formula (P1), (P2), or (P3).

[0349]

[0350] In the formulae (P1), (P2), and (P3), the ring Px is Ｐ a monocyclic aromatic hydrocarbon ring having one or more substituents R Ｐ a substituted or unsubstituted monocyclic heterocyclic ring, or a substituted or unsubstituted polycyclic heterocyclic ring, Ｐ is an integer of 0 or 1 or more, and the number of substituents R Ｐ is a substituted or unsubstituted alkyl group, a substituted or unsubstituted cycloalkyl group, a substituted or unsubstituted aryl group, a substituted or unsubstituted heterocyclic group, -N(R １０１ ) (R １０２ a group represented by —Si(R １０３ ) (R １０４ ) (R １０５ ), a group represented by —C(R １０６ ) (R １０７ ) (R １０８ ), or a group represented by —O(R １０９ ) is a group represented by R １０１ , R １０２, R １０３ , R １０４ , R １０５ , R １０６ , R １０７ , R １０８ , and R １０９ are each independently a hydrogen atom, a substituted or unsubstituted alkyl group, a substituted or unsubstituted cycloalkyl group, a substituted or unsubstituted aryl group, or a substituted or unsubstituted heterocyclic group; R １０１ If there are multiple R １０１ are the same or different from each other, R １０２ If there are multiple R １０２ are the same or different from each other, R １０３ If there are multiple R １０３ are the same or different from each other, R １０４ If there are multiple R １０４ are the same or different from each other, R １０５ If there are multiple R １０５ are the same or different from each other, R １０６ If there are multiple R １０６ are the same or different from each other, R １０７ If there are multiple R １０７ are the same or different from each other, R １０８ If there are multiple R １０８ are the same or different from each other, R １０９ If there are multiple R １０９ are the same or different from each other, provided that the ring Px is a monocyclic aromatic hydrocarbon ring, a monocyclic aliphatic hydrocarbon ring, or a monocyclic aliphatic hydrocarbon ring, and one or more substituents R Ｐ In the case of a monocyclic heterocycle having the substituent R Ｐ At least one of the groups is -O-R Ｐ１ is a group represented by R Ｐ１ is a substituted or unsubstituted alkyl group or a substituted or unsubstituted aryl group, and when the ring Px is a naphthalene ring, the naphthalene ring as the ring Px has at least one —O—RＰ１ and R Ｐ１ is a substituted or unsubstituted alkyl group or a substituted or unsubstituted aryl group, and the ring Px is one or more substituents R Ｐ When ring Px is a monocyclic heterocycle not having any of the above, the monocyclic heterocycle contains two or more heteroatoms as ring-forming atoms; when ring Px is a polycyclic heterocycle, at least one ring contains one or more heteroatoms as ring-forming atoms; g, h, j, and k are each independently 0, 1, 2, or 3; and *1 and *2 each represent a bonding position.

[0351] In the formula (P1), it is also preferable that g is 1 and h is 1. In the formula (P2), it is also preferable that g is 1 and k is 0 or 1. In the formula (P1), it is also preferable that j is 0 or 1 and k is 0 or 1.

[0352] In the compound according to the third aspect of the present embodiment, the π-conjugated moiety is preferably represented by formula (P1). In the compound according to the third aspect of the present embodiment, the π-conjugated moiety is preferably represented by formula (P2).

[0353] In the compound according to the third aspect of this embodiment, when the ring Px is a polycyclic heterocycle, it is also preferable that at least one ring contains two or more heteroatoms as ring-forming atoms.

[0354] In the compound according to the third aspect of this embodiment, the π-conjugated portion is preferably represented by the following formula (P11-1), (P12-1), (P13-1), (P14-1), or (P15-1).

[0355]

[0356] (In the formulae (P11-1), (P12-1), (P13-1), (P14-1), and (P15-1), p, q, r, and s are integers of 1 or more, and Z １ , Z ２ , Z ３ , Z ４ , Z ７ , and Z ８ are each independently C(R１００ ), or a nitrogen atom, and a plurality of R １００ are the same or different from each other, and Z ５ and Z ６ are each independently an oxygen atom, a sulfur atom, or N(R １１０ ), or C(R １１１ ) (R １１２ ) and R １００ , R １０Ａ , R １０Ｂ , R １０Ｃ , R １０Ｄ , R １０Ｅ、 and R １０Ｆ At least one pair of adjacent pairs of R are bonded to each other to form a substituted or unsubstituted monocycle, or bonded to each other to form a substituted or unsubstituted fused ring, or are not bonded to each other to form the substituted or unsubstituted monocycle and the substituted or unsubstituted fused ring. １００ , R １０Ａ , R １０Ｂ , R １０Ｃ , R １０Ｄ , R １０Ｅ、 and R １０Ｆ are each independently a hydrogen atom, a substituted or unsubstituted alkyl group, a substituted or unsubstituted cycloalkyl group, a substituted or unsubstituted aryl group, a substituted or unsubstituted heterocyclic group, -N(R １０１ ) (R １０２ a group represented by —Si(R １０３ ) (R １０４ ) (R １０５ ), a group represented by —C(R １０６ ) (R １０７ ) (R １０８ ), or a group represented by —O(R １０９ ) is a group represented by R １０Ａ If there are multiple R １０Ａ are the same or different from each other, R １０Ｂ If there are multiple R １０Ｂ are the same or different from each other, R １０Ｃ If there are multiple R １０Ｃare the same or different from each other, R １０Ｄ If there are multiple R １０Ｄ are the same or different from each other, R １０Ｅ If there are multiple R １０Ｅ are the same or different from each other, R １０Ｆ If there are multiple R １０Ｆ are the same or different from each other, R １０１ , R １０２ , R １０３ , R １０４ , R １０５ , R １０６ , R １０７ , R １０８ , R １０９ , R １１０ R １１１ , and R １１２ are each independently a hydrogen atom, a substituted or unsubstituted alkyl group, a substituted or unsubstituted cycloalkyl group, a substituted or unsubstituted aryl group, or a substituted or unsubstituted heterocyclic group; R １０１ If there are multiple R １０１ are the same or different from each other, R １０２ If there are multiple R １０２ are the same or different from each other, R １０３ If there are multiple R １０３ are the same or different from each other, R １０４ If there are multiple R １０４ are the same or different from each other, R １０５ If there are multiple R １０５ are the same or different from each other, R １０６ If there are multiple R １０６ are the same or different from each other, R １０７ If there are multiple R １０７ are the same or different from each other, R １０８ If there are multiple R １０８ are the same or different from each other, R １０９ If there are multiple R１０９ are the same or different from each other, R １１０ If there are multiple R １１０ are the same or different from each other, R １１１ If there are multiple R １１１ are the same or different from each other, R １１２ If there are multiple R １１２ are the same or different from one another, and g, h, and k each independently represent 0, 1, 2, or 3, provided that in formula (P11-1), when p is 1, R １０Ａ is -O(R １０９ ) and when p is 2 or more, R １０Ａ At least one of the groups is -O(R １０９ ) is a group represented by R １０９ represents a substituted or unsubstituted alkyl group or a substituted or unsubstituted aryl group, and in the formula (P12-1), when q is 1, R １０Ｂ is -O(R １０９ ) and when q is 2 or more, R １０Ｂ At least one of the groups is -O(R １０９ ) is a group represented by R １０９ represents a substituted or unsubstituted alkyl group or a substituted or unsubstituted aryl group, and in the formula (P13-1), Z １ , Z ２ , Z ３ and Z ４ But C(R １００ ), then R １０Ｃ , R １０Ｄ and the four R's １００ At least one of the groups is -O(R １０９ ) is a group represented by R １０９ represents a substituted or unsubstituted alkyl group or a substituted or unsubstituted aryl group, and in the formula (P15-1), Z ７ and Z ８ But C(R １００ ), then two R １００ At least one of the groups is -O(R １０９ ) is a group represented by R１０９ represents a substituted or unsubstituted alkyl group or a substituted or unsubstituted aryl group, and *1 and *2 represent bonding positions.

[0357] R in the compound according to the third aspect of this embodiment １０１ ~R １１２ represents R in the formulas (P1), (P2), and (D3). １０１ ~R １１２ is synonymous with.

[0358] In the formulae (P11-1), (P12-1), (P13-1), (P14-1), and (P15-1), g, h, and k are each preferably independently 1.

[0359] In the compound according to the third aspect of the present embodiment, the π-conjugated moiety is also preferably represented by the following formula (P11-1A), (P12-1A), (P13-1A), (P13-1B), (P14-1A), (P14-1B), (P15-1A), or (P15-1B).

[0360]

[0361] (In the formulae (P11-1A), (P12-1A), (P13-1A), (P13-1B), (P14-1A), (P14-1B), (P15-1A), and (P15-1B), R １０ , R １１ , R １２ , R １３ , R １４ , R １５ , R １６ , R １７ , R １８ , R １９ , R ２０ , R ２１ , R ２２ , R ２３ , R ２４ , R ２５ , R ２６ , R ２７ , R ２８ , R ２９ , R ３０ , R ３１ , R ３２ , R ３３ , R ３４ , R ５１１ , and R５１２ At least one pair of adjacent pairs of R are bonded to each other to form a substituted or unsubstituted monocycle, or bonded to each other to form a substituted or unsubstituted fused ring, or are not bonded to each other to form the substituted or unsubstituted monocycle and the substituted or unsubstituted fused ring. １０ ~R ３４ , R ５１１ , and R ５１２ are each independently a hydrogen atom, a substituted or unsubstituted alkyl group, a substituted or unsubstituted cycloalkyl group, a substituted or unsubstituted aryl group, a substituted or unsubstituted heterocyclic group, -N(R １０１ ) (R １０２ a group represented by —Si(R １０３ ) (R １０４ ) (R １０５ ), a group represented by —C(R １０６ ) (R １０７ ) (R １０８ ), or a group represented by —O(R １０９ ) wherein, in formula (P11-1A), R １０ ~R １３ At least one of the groups is -O(R １０９ ) is a group represented by R １０９ represents a substituted or unsubstituted alkyl group or a substituted or unsubstituted aryl group, and in the formula (P12-1A), R １４ ~R ２０ At least one of the groups is -O(R １０９ ) is a group represented by R １０９ represents a substituted or unsubstituted alkyl group or a substituted or unsubstituted aryl group, and in the formula (P13-1A), R ２１ ~R ２６ At least one of the groups is -O(R １０９ ) is a group represented by R １０９ represents a substituted or unsubstituted alkyl group or a substituted or unsubstituted aryl group, and in the formula (P15-1A), R ３３ ~R ３４ At least one of the groups is -O(R１０９ ) is a group represented by R １０９ represents a substituted or unsubstituted alkyl group or a substituted or unsubstituted aryl group, and *1 and *2 represent bonding positions.

[0362] In the compound according to the third aspect of this embodiment, R ３３ and R ３４ are both -O(R １０９ ) is a group represented by the formula (I), two R １０９ In the compound according to the third aspect of this embodiment, it is also preferable that a pair consisting of R in formula (P15-1A) is bonded to each other to form a substituted or unsubstituted monocycle, or is bonded to each other to form a substituted or unsubstituted fused ring. ３３ and R ３４ are both -O(R １０９ ) is a group represented by the formula (I), two R １０９ It is also preferred that none of the pairs of

[0363] In the compound according to the third aspect of the present embodiment, the π-conjugated portion is also preferably represented by the following formula (P11-1A-1), (P11-1A-2), (P11-1A-3), (P12-1A-1), (P13-1A-1), (P13-1A-2), (P13-1A-3), (P13-1B-1), (P14-1A-1), (P14-1B-1), (P15-1A-1), (P15-1A-2), (P15-1A-3), or (P15-1B-1).

[0364]

[0365]

[0366]

[0367]

[0368]

[0369] (In the formulae (P11-1A-1), (P11-1A-2), (P11-1A-3), (P12-1A-1), (P13-1A-1), (P13-1A-2), (P13-1A-3), (P13-1B-1), (P14-1A-1), (P14-1B-1), (P15-1A-1), (P15-1A-2), (P15-1A-3), and (P15-1B-1), *1 and *2 are bonding positions.)

[0370] The π-conjugated portion of the compound according to the third aspect of this embodiment is also preferably represented by the formula (PX5).

[0371] In the π-conjugated moiety of the compound according to the third aspect of this embodiment, it is preferred that one of *1 and *2 is a bonding site with the acceptor moiety, and the other of *1 and *2 is a bonding site with the donor moiety.

[0372] (Donor Moiety in Compound Relating to Third Aspect) As the donor moiety in the compound relating to the third aspect of this embodiment, known donor moieties used in electro-optical compounds or organic nonlinear optical materials can be applied. In the compound relating to the third aspect of this embodiment, the donor moiety is preferably a group having electron-donating properties.

[0373] The donor moiety of the compound according to the third aspect of this embodiment is preferably represented by the following formula (DX1), for example.

[0374]

[0375] (In the formula (DX1), R Ｄ１ and R Ｄ５ and R Ｄ２ and R Ｄ３ are bonded to each other to form a substituted or unsubstituted monocycle, or are bonded to each other to form a substituted or unsubstituted fused ring, or are not bonded to each other, and are not bonded to each other to form the substituted or unsubstituted monocycle and are not bonded to each other to form the substituted or unsubstituted fused ring. Ｄ１ , R Ｄ２ , R Ｄ３ and R Ｄ５are each independently a hydrogen atom, a substituted or unsubstituted alkoxy group, a substituted or unsubstituted aryloxy group, a substituted or unsubstituted aralkyloxy group, a substituted or unsubstituted silyloxy group, a substituted or unsubstituted alkenyloxy group, a substituted or unsubstituted alkenylcarbonyloxy group, a substituted or unsubstituted alkynyloxy group, or a substituted or unsubstituted hydroxy group; R Ｄ４１ and R Ｄ４２ are bonded to each other to form a substituted or unsubstituted monocyclic ring, or are bonded to each other to form a substituted or unsubstituted fused ring, or are not bonded to each other, with the proviso that R Ｄ１ and R Ｄ２ is a hydrogen atom, R Ｄ４１ and R Ｄ４２ are not bonded to each other, and do not form the substituted or unsubstituted monocyclic ring and do not form the substituted or unsubstituted fused ring. Ｄ４１ and R Ｄ４２ are each independently a hydrogen atom or a substituted or unsubstituted alkyl group, and *d is a bonding position.

[0376] The donor moiety of the compound according to the third aspect of this embodiment is preferably represented by, for example, formula (DX11) or (DX12) below.

[0377]

[0378] (In the formula (DX11) and formula (DX12), R Ｄ１１ and R Ｄ２１ are each independently a hydrogen atom, a substituted or unsubstituted alkyl group, a substituted or unsubstituted aryl group, a substituted or unsubstituted aralkyl group, a substituted or unsubstituted silyl group, a substituted or unsubstituted alkenyl group, a substituted or unsubstituted alkenylcarbonyl group, or a substituted or unsubstituted alkynyl group; R Ｄ４１ and R Ｄ４２ are R in the formula (DX1), respectively. Ｄ４１ and R Ｄ４２*d is the bonding position.)

[0379] The donor moiety of the compound according to the third aspect of this embodiment is preferably represented by the following formula (DX21), for example.

[0380]

[0381] (In the formula (DX21), R Ｄ４１ and R Ｄ４２ are R in the formula (DX1), respectively. Ｄ４１ and R Ｄ４２ and *d is the bonding position.)

[0382] The donor moiety of the compound according to the third aspect of this embodiment is preferably represented by, for example, formula (DX11-1), formula (DX11-2), or formula (DX21-1) below.

[0383]

[0384] In the donor moiety of the compound according to the third aspect of this embodiment, *d is preferably the bonding position with the π-conjugated moiety.

[0385] In the compound according to the third aspect of this embodiment, the donor moiety is preferably the donor moiety in the compound according to the first aspect described above. In the compound according to the third aspect of this embodiment, the donor moiety is preferably represented by formula (D1) or formula (D2) in the compound according to the first aspect described above.

[0386] (Acceptor Moiety in Compound Relating to Third Aspect) As the acceptor moiety of the compound relating to the third aspect of this embodiment, known acceptor moieties used in electro-optical compounds or organic nonlinear optical materials can be applied. In the compound relating to the third aspect of this embodiment, the acceptor moiety is preferably a group having electron-withdrawing properties.

[0387] The acceptor moiety of the compound according to the third aspect of this embodiment is preferably represented by, for example, formula (AX1) or (AX2) below.

[0388]

[0389] (In the formulas (AX1) and (AX2), Y １ and Y ２ are each independently -C(R Ａ３０ ) (R Ａ３１ )-, -C(O)-, -O-, or -NR Ａ３２ -, where Y １ and Y ２ At least one of the groups is —O— or —NR Ａ３２ - and R Ａ３０ and R Ａ３１ are each independently a hydrogen atom, a substituted or unsubstituted alkyl group, or a substituted or unsubstituted aryl group; R Ａ３２ represents a hydrogen atom or a substituted or unsubstituted alkyl group, and *a represents the bonding position.

[0390] The acceptor moiety of the compound according to the third aspect of this embodiment is preferably represented by, for example, formula (AX11) or (AX21) below.

[0391]

[0392] (In the formulae (AX11) and (AX21), R Ａ３０ and R Ａ３１ are each independently a hydrogen atom, a substituted or unsubstituted alkyl group, or a substituted or unsubstituted aryl group; R Ａ３２ represents a hydrogen atom or a substituted or unsubstituted alkyl group, and *a represents the bonding position.

[0393] In the acceptor portion of the compound according to the third aspect of this embodiment, R Ａ３０ and R Ａ３１ At least one of the groups is preferably a substituted alkyl group, more preferably a haloalkyl group substituted with a halogen atom, and even more preferably a trifluoromethyl group.

[0394] The acceptor moiety of the compound according to the third aspect of this embodiment is preferably represented by, for example, formula (AX11-1), (AX11-2) or (AX21-1) below.

[0395]

[0396] In the acceptor moiety of the compound according to the third aspect of this embodiment, *a is preferably the bonding position with the π-conjugated moiety.

[0397] In the compound according to the third aspect of this embodiment, the acceptor moiety is preferably the same as the acceptor moiety in the compound according to the first aspect described above. In the compound according to the third aspect of this embodiment, the acceptor moiety is preferably represented by formula (A1) or formula (A2) in the compound according to the second aspect described above.

[0398] [Specific Aspects of the Compound According to the Present Embodiment] The compounds according to the first, second, and third aspects of the present embodiment are preferably all represented by the following formula (1).

[0399]

[0400] (In the formula (1), D is the donor moiety, L is the π-conjugated moiety, and A is the acceptor moiety.)

[0401] In the compound according to this embodiment, the donor moiety is preferably a group having electron-donating properties, and the acceptor moiety is preferably a group having electron-withdrawing properties.

[0402] In one aspect, the compound according to this embodiment is preferably a compound represented by the following formula (D-DP1-1), (D-DP1-2), (D-DP2-1), (D-DP2-2), (D-DP3-1), or (D-DP3-2).

[0403]

[0404]

[0405]

[0406] (In the formulae (D-DP1-1), (D-DP1-2), (D-DP2-1), (D-DP2-2), (D-DP3-1), and (D-DP3-2), D is the donor moiety, and R Ｐ１ , R Ｐ２ , R Ｐ３ , R Ｐ４, p and q are R in the formula (PX1), (PX2), or (PX3), respectively. Ｐ１ , R Ｐ２ , R Ｐ３ , R Ｐ４ , p and q are synonymous with each other; Y １ and Y ２ each independently represents Y in formula (AX1). １ and Y ２ is synonymous with

[0407] In one aspect, the compound according to this embodiment is also preferably a compound represented by the following formula (D-DP11-1) or (D-DP4-1).

[0408]

[0409] (In the formulas (D-DP11-1) and (D-DP4-1), D is the donor moiety, and R Ｐ１ , R Ｐ２ , p and q are R in the formula (PX11), respectively. Ｐ１ , R Ｐ２ p and q have the same meanings as p in formula (PX4); １ and Y ２ each independently represents Y in formula (AX1). １ and Y ２ is synonymous with

[0410] In one aspect, the compound according to this embodiment is also preferably a compound represented by the following formula (D-DP11-A11).

[0411]

[0412] (In the formula (D-DP11-A11), D is the donor moiety, and R Ｐ１ , R Ｐ２ , p and q are R in the formula (PX11), respectively. Ｐ１ , R Ｐ２ , p and q are synonymous with each other; R Ａ１ , R Ａ２ , R Ａ３ , and R Ａ４ each independently represents R in formula (A11-2). Ａ１, R Ａ２ , R Ａ３ , and R Ａ４ is synonymous with

[0413] In one embodiment of the compound represented by the formula (D-DP1-1), (D-DP1-2), (D-DP2-1), (D-DP2-2), (D-DP3-1), or (D-DP3-2), D is a donor moiety of the compound according to the first embodiment, a donor moiety of the compound according to the second embodiment, or a donor moiety of the compound according to the third embodiment.

[0414] The compound according to the first aspect of this embodiment is also preferably represented by the following formula (D-DPA1-1), (D-DPA1-2), (D-DPA2-1), (D-DPA2-2), (D-DPA3-1), or (D-DPA3-2).

[0415]

[0416]

[0417]

[0418]

[0419]

[0420]

[0421] (In the formulae (D-DPA1-1), (D-DPA1-2), (D-DPA2-1), (D-DPA2-2), (D-DPA3-1), and (D-DPA3-2), Dx, R Ｄ , and m each independently represent Dx, R in formula (D1). Ｄ , and m, and R Ｐ１ , R Ｐ２ , R Ｐ３ , R Ｐ４ , p, and q each independently represent R in formula (PX1), (PX2), or (PX3). Ｐ１ , R Ｐ２ , R Ｐ３ , R Ｐ４ , p, and q; Y １ and Y ２ each independently represents Y in formula (AX1).１ and Y ２ is synonymous with

[0422] The compound represented by formula (D-DPA1-1) or (D-DPA1-2) corresponds to a compound in which a donor moiety represented by formula (D1), a π-conjugated moiety represented by formula (PX1), and an acceptor moiety represented by formula (AX1) or (AX2) are bonded together. The compound represented by formula (D-DPA2-1) or (D-DPA2-2) corresponds to a compound in which a donor moiety represented by formula (D1), a π-conjugated moiety represented by formula (PX2), and an acceptor moiety represented by formula (AX1) or (AX2) are bonded together. The compound represented by formula (D-DPA3-1) or (D-DPA3-2) corresponds to a compound in which a donor moiety represented by formula (D1), a π-conjugated moiety represented by formula (PX3), and an acceptor moiety represented by formula (AX1) or (AX2) are bonded together.

[0423] The compound according to the first aspect of this embodiment is also preferably represented by the following formula (D-DPA11-1) or (D-DPA4-1).

[0424]

[0425] (In the formulas (D-DPA11-1) and (D-DPA4-1), Dx, R Ｄ , and m each independently represent Dx, R in formula (D1). Ｄ , and m, and R Ｐ１ , R Ｐ２ , p, and q each independently represent R in formula (PX11). Ｐ１ , R Ｐ２ , p, and q have the same meaning as p in formula (PX4), and Y １ and Y ２ each independently represents Y in formula (AX1). １ and Y ２ is synonymous with

[0426] The compound according to the first aspect of this embodiment is also preferably represented by the following formula (D-DPA1-A11) or (D-DPA11-A11).

[0427]

[0428]

[0429] (In the formulas (D-DPA1-A11) and (D-DPA11-A11), Dx, R Ｄ , and m each independently represent Dx, R in formula (D1). Ｄ , and m, R Ｐ１ , R Ｐ２ , p and q are R in the formulas (PX1) and (PX11), respectively. Ｐ１ , R Ｐ２ , p and q are synonymous with each other; R Ａ１ , R Ａ２ , R Ａ３ , and R Ａ４ each independently represents R in formula (A11-2). Ａ１ , R Ａ２ , R Ａ３ , and R Ａ４ is synonymous with

[0430] The compound represented by formula (D-DPA11-1) or (D-DPA4-1) corresponds to a compound in which a donor moiety represented by formula (D1), a π-conjugated moiety represented by formula (PX11) or (PX4), and an acceptor moiety represented by formula (AX1) are bonded together. The compound represented by formula (D-DPA1-A11) or (D-DPA11-A11) corresponds to a compound in which a donor moiety represented by formula (D1), a π-conjugated moiety represented by formula (PX1) or (PX11), and an acceptor moiety represented by formula (A11-2) are bonded together.

[0431] The compound related to the first aspect of this embodiment is also preferably a compound corresponding to a compound in which a donor moiety represented by formula (D1), a π-conjugated moiety represented by formula (PX5), and an acceptor moiety represented by formula (AX1) are bonded.

[0432] The compound related to the first aspect of this embodiment is also preferably a compound corresponding to a compound in which a donor moiety represented by formula (D1), a π-conjugated moiety represented by formula (P15-1A), and an acceptor moiety represented by formula (AX1) are bonded.

[0433] The compound according to the first aspect of this embodiment is also preferably represented by the following formula (D-DPA1-3), (D-DPA1-4), (D-DPA2-3), (D-DPA2-4), (D-DPA3-3), or (D-DPA3-4).

[0434]

[0435]

[0436]

[0437]

[0438]

[0439]

[0440] (In the formulae (D-DPA1-3), (D-DPA1-4), (D-DPA2-3), (D-DPA2-4), (D-DPA3-3), and (D-DPA3-4), Dy, R Ｄ , and n each independently represent Dy, R in formula (D2). Ｄ , and n are synonymous with R Ｐ１ , R Ｐ２ , R Ｐ３ , R Ｐ４ , p, and q are R in the formula (PX1), (PX2), or (PX3), respectively. Ｐ１ , R Ｐ２ , R Ｐ３ , R Ｐ４ , p, and q; Y １ and Y ２ respectively represent Y in the formula (AX1). １ and Y ２ is synonymous with

[0441] The compound represented by formula (D-DPA1-3) or (D-DPA1-4) corresponds to a compound in which the donor moiety represented by formula (D2), the π-conjugated moiety represented by formula (PX1), and the acceptor moiety represented by formula (AX1) or (AX2) are bonded together. The compound represented by formula (D-DPA2-3) or (D-DPA2-4) corresponds to a compound in which the donor moiety represented by formula (D2), the π-conjugated moiety represented by formula (PX2), and the acceptor moiety represented by formula (AX1) or (AX2) are bonded together. The compound represented by formula (D-DPA3-3) or (D-DPA3-4) corresponds to a compound in which the donor moiety represented by formula (D2), the π-conjugated moiety represented by formula (PX3), and the acceptor moiety represented by formula (AX1) or (AX2) are bonded together.

[0442] The compound according to the first aspect of this embodiment is also preferably represented by the following formula (D123-DPA1-1), (D123-DPA11-1), (D123-DPA4-1), (D123-DPA1-A11), or (D123-DPA11-A11).

[0443]

[0444]

[0445]

[0446]

[0447]

[0448] (In the formulae (D123-DPA1-1), (D123-DPA11-1), (D123-DPA4-1), (D123-DPA1-A11), and (D123-DPA11-A11), R ２２ , R ２３ , R ２８１ ~R ２８５ each independently represents R in formula (D123-1B). ２２ , R ２３ , R ２８１ ~R ２８５ is synonymous with R Ｐ１ and R Ｐ２each independently represents R in formulas (PX1) and (PX11). Ｐ１ and R Ｐ２ p is 1, 2, or 3; p1 is the same as p1 in formula (PX4); Y １ and Y ２ each independently represents Y in formula (AX1). １ and Y ２ is synonymous with R Ａ１ , R Ａ２ , R Ａ３ , and R Ａ４ each independently represents R in formula (A11-2). Ａ１ , R Ａ２ , R Ａ３ , and R Ａ４ is synonymous with

[0449] The compounds represented by formula (D123-DPA1-1), (D123-DPA11-1), and (D123-DPA4-1) correspond to compounds in which a donor moiety represented by formula (D123-1B), a π-conjugated moiety represented by formula (PX1), (PX11), or (PX4), and an acceptor moiety represented by formula (AX1) are bonded together. The compound represented by formula (D123-DPA1-A11) or (D123-DPA11-A11) corresponds to a compound in which a donor moiety represented by formula (D123-1B), a π-conjugated moiety represented by formula (PX1) or (PX11), and an acceptor moiety represented by formula (A11-2) are bonded together.

[0450] The compound according to the first aspect of this embodiment is also preferably represented by the following formula (D123-DPA5-1).

[0451]

[0452] (In the formula (D123-DPA5-1), R ２２ , R ２３ , R ２８１ ~R ２８５ each independently represents R in formula (D123-1B). ２２ , R ２３ , R ２８１ ~R ２８５ is synonymous with Z Ａ, Z Ｂ , and Z Ｃ each independently represents Z in formula (PX5). Ａ , Z Ｂ , and Z Ｃ p is 1, 2, or 3; Y １ and Y ２ each independently represents Y in formula (AX1). １ and Y ２ is synonymous with

[0453] The compound represented by the formula (D123-DPA5-1) corresponds to a compound in which the donor moiety represented by the formula (D123-1B), the π-conjugated moiety represented by the formula (PX5), and the acceptor moiety represented by the formula (AX1) are bonded together.

[0454] The compound according to the first aspect of this embodiment is also preferably represented by the following formula (D123-DPA15-1).

[0455]

[0456] (In the formula (D123-DPA15-1), R ２２ , R ２３ , R ２８１ ~R ２８５ each independently represents R in formula (D123-1B). ２２ , R ２３ , R ２８１ ~R ２８５ is synonymous with R ３３ and R ３４ each independently represents R in formula (P15-1A). ３３ and R ３４ is synonymous with Y １ and Y ２ each independently represents Y in formula (AX1). １ and Y ２ is synonymous with

[0457] The compound represented by the formula (D123-DPA15-1) corresponds to a compound in which the donor moiety represented by the formula (D123-1B), the π-conjugated moiety represented by the formula (P15-1A), and the acceptor moiety represented by the formula (AX1) are bonded together.

[0458] The compound according to the first aspect of this embodiment is also preferably represented by the following formula (D111-DPA11-1) or (D111-DPA11-A11).

[0459]

[0460]

[0461] (In the formulas (D111-DPA11-1) and (D111-DPA11-A11), R １１ ~R １５ are each independently a hydrogen atom, -N(R １０１ ) (R １０２ a group represented by —Si(R １０３ ) (R １０４ ) (R １０５ a group represented by —C(═O)R １０６ a group represented by —O(R １１３ ), a substituted or unsubstituted alkyl group, a substituted or unsubstituted cycloalkyl group, a substituted or unsubstituted aryl group, or a substituted or unsubstituted heterocyclic group, Ｐ１ , R Ｐ２ , p, and q each independently represent R in formula (PX11). Ｐ１ , R Ｐ２ , p, and q; Y １ and Y ２ each independently represents Y in formula (AX1). １ and Y ２ is synonymous with R Ａ１ , R Ａ２ , R Ａ３ , and R Ａ４ each independently represents R in formula (A11-2). Ａ１ , R Ａ２ , R Ａ３ , and R Ａ４ is synonymous with

[0462] The compound represented by the formula (D111-DPA11-1) or the formula (D111-DPA11-A11) corresponds to a compound in which the donor moiety represented by the formula (D111), the π-conjugated moiety represented by the formula (PX11), and the acceptor moiety represented by the formula (AX1) or (A11-2) are bonded.

[0463] In one aspect, the compound according to this embodiment is preferably a compound represented by the following formula (A-DP1), (A-DP2), or (A-DP3).

[0464]

[0465]

[0466] (In the formulae (A-DP1), (A-DP2) and (A-DP3), A is the acceptor moiety, and R Ｄ１ , R Ｄ２ , R Ｄ３ , R Ｄ５ , R Ｄ４１ and R Ｄ４２ are R in the formula (DX1), respectively. Ｄ１ , R Ｄ２ , R Ｄ３ , R Ｄ５ , R Ｄ４１ and R Ｄ４２ is synonymous with R Ｐ１ , R Ｐ２ , R Ｐ３ , R Ｐ４ , m and n are R in the formula (PX1a), (PX2a) or (PX3a), respectively. Ｐ１ , R Ｐ２ , R Ｐ３ , R Ｐ４ , m and n are synonymous with each other.)

[0467] In one embodiment of the compound represented by formula (A-DP1), (A-DP2), or (A-DP3), A is an acceptor moiety of the compound according to the first embodiment, an acceptor moiety of the compound according to the second embodiment, or an acceptor moiety of the compound according to the third embodiment.

[0468] The compound according to the second aspect of this embodiment is preferably a compound represented by the following formula (A-DPA1), (A-DPA2), (A-DPA3), (A-DPA4), (A-DPA5), or (A-DPA6).

[0469]

[0470]

[0471]

[0472]

[0473]

[0474]

[0475] (In the formulae (A-DPA1), (A-DPA2), (A-DPA3), (A-DPA4), (A-DPA5) and (A-DPA6), R Ｄ１ , R Ｄ２ , R Ｄ３ , R Ｄ５ , R Ｄ４１ and R Ｄ４２ are R in the formula (DX1), respectively. Ｄ１ , R Ｄ２ , R Ｄ３ , R Ｄ５ , R Ｄ４１ and R Ｄ４２ is synonymous with R Ｐ１ , R Ｐ２ , R Ｐ３ , R Ｐ４ , m and n are R in the formula (PX1a), (PX2a) or (PX3a), respectively. Ｐ１ , R Ｐ２ , R Ｐ３ , R Ｐ４ , m and n are synonymous with each other, and X Ａ１ , X Ａ２ and ring Ax are each X in formula (A1). Ａ１ , X Ａ２ and ring Ax, and na, ring Ay, ring Ay １ , and ring Ay ２ respectively represent na, ring Ay, and ring Ay in the formula (A2). １ , and ring Ay２ is synonymous with

[0476] In one aspect, the compound according to this embodiment is preferably a compound represented by the following formula (P-DP1) or (P-DP2).

[0477]

[0478] In one embodiment of the compound represented by formula (P-DP1) or (P-DP2), P is a π-conjugated moiety of the compound according to the first embodiment, a π-conjugated moiety of the compound according to the second embodiment, or a π-conjugated moiety of the compound according to the third embodiment.

[0479] (In the formulas (P-DP1) and (P-DP2), P represents the π-conjugated moiety, and R Ｄ１ , R Ｄ２ , R Ｄ３ , R Ｄ５ , R Ｄ４１ and R Ｄ４２ are R in the formula (DX1), respectively. Ｄ１ , R Ｄ２ , R Ｄ３ , R Ｄ５ , R Ｄ４１ and R Ｄ４２ is synonymous with Y １ and Y ２ respectively represent Y in the formula (AX1). １ and Y ２ is synonymous with

[0480] The compound according to the third aspect of this embodiment is also preferably represented by the following formula (P-DPA1-1), (P-DPA1-2), (P-DPA2-1), (P-DPA2-2), (P-DPA3-1), or (P-DPA3-2).

[0481]

[0482]

[0483]

[0484] (In the formulae (P-DPA1-1), (P-DPA1-2), (P-DPA2-1), (P-DPA2-2), (P-DPA3-1), and (P-DPA3-2), RＤ１ , R Ｄ２ , R Ｄ３ , R Ｄ５ , R Ｄ４１ and R Ｄ４２ are R in the formula (DX1), respectively. Ｄ１ , R Ｄ２ , R Ｄ３ , R Ｄ５ , R Ｄ４１ and R Ｄ４２ is synonymous with R Ｐ , m, g, h, j, and k are R in the formula (P1), (P2), or (P3), respectively. Ｐ , m, g, h, j, and k; Y １ and Y ２ respectively represent Y in the formula (AX1). １ and Y ２ is synonymous with

[0485] The compound represented by formula (P-DPA1-1) or (P-DPA1-2) corresponds to a compound in which the donor moiety represented by formula (DX1), the π-conjugated moiety represented by formula (P1), and the acceptor moiety represented by formula (AX1) or (AX2) are bonded together. The compound represented by formula (P-DPA2-1) or (P-DPA2-2) corresponds to a compound in which the donor moiety represented by formula (DX1), the π-conjugated moiety represented by formula (P2), and the acceptor moiety represented by formula (AX1) or (AX2) are bonded together. The compound represented by formula (P-DPA3-1) or (P-DPA3-2) corresponds to a compound in which the donor moiety represented by formula (DX1), the π-conjugated moiety represented by formula (P3), and the acceptor moiety represented by formula (AX1) or (AX2) are bonded together.

[0486] [Method for Producing Compounds According to the Present Embodiment] The compounds according to the first, second, and third aspects of the present embodiment can all be produced by known methods (for example, the methods described in Patent Documents 1 and 2 above). The compounds according to the first, second, and third aspects of the present embodiment can also be produced by following known methods and using known alternative reactions and raw materials suited to the target compound. Furthermore, the compounds according to the first, second, and third aspects of the present embodiment can also be produced according to the synthesis methods described in the Examples below, or by following such synthesis methods and using known alternative reactions and raw materials suited to the target compound.

[0487] For example, the following compound (D101) according to the first aspect of this embodiment or the following compound (A101) according to the second aspect can also be produced by the following method, but the production methods for each of the compounds according to the first aspect and the second aspect of this embodiment are not limited to the following production methods.

[0488]

[0489]

[0490] As shown in the above reaction scheme, compound D-M-DP1 can be obtained by reacting compound D-M-D1 with compound D-M-P1 in the presence of a base. Furthermore, compound A-M-DP1 can be obtained by reacting compound A-M-D1 with compound A-M-P1 in the presence of a base. Here, Ar in compounds D-M-P1 and A-M-P1 represents an aryl group, for example, a phenyl group, and X represents a halogen atom, for example, a chlorine atom. Compound D-M-DP1 can also be obtained by using compound D-M-P2 below instead of compound D-M-P1, as shown in the following reaction scheme. Furthermore, compound A-M-DP1 can also be obtained by using compound A-M-P2 instead of compound A-M-P1, as shown in the following reaction scheme.

[0491]

[0492]

[0493] After obtaining compound D-M-DP1, compound D-M-DP1 is reacted with an alkyllithium (e.g., n-butyllithium) or the like in an organic solvent (e.g., tetrahydrofuran), followed by reaction with N,N-dimethylformamide, N-formylpiperidine or the like to obtain compound D-M-DP2 shown below. Alternatively, after obtaining compound A-M-DP1, compound A-M-DP1 is reacted with an alkyllithium (e.g., n-butyllithium) or the like in an organic solvent (e.g., tetrahydrofuran), followed by reaction with N,N-dimethylformamide, N-formylpiperidine or the like to obtain compound A-M-DP2 shown below.

[0494]

[0495]

[0496] Next, compound D-M-DP2 can be reacted with compound D-M-A1 shown below to obtain compound (D101), or compound A-M-DP2 can be reacted with compound A-M-A1 shown below to obtain compound (A101).

[0497]

[0498]

[0499] The reaction between compound D-M-DP2 and compound D-M-A1, or the reaction between compound A-M-DP2 and compound A-M-A1, is usually carried out in a polar solvent. The polar solvent may be a protic polar solvent or an aprotic polar solvent, or a mixture thereof. As the protic polar solvent, for example, at least one selected from the group consisting of water, methanol, ethanol, 1-propanol, 2-propanol, 1-butanol, acetic acid, and formic acid may be used, or a mixed solvent of two or more of these protic polar solvents may be used. As the aprotic polar solvent, at least one selected from the group consisting of tetrahydrofuran (THF), acetone, acetonitrile, N,N-dimethylformamide (DMF), dimethyl sulfoxide (DMSO), methylene chloride, chloroform, dioxane, and N-methylpyrrolidone may be used, or a mixed solvent of these aprotic polar solvents may be used. After completion of the reaction, the crude product obtained by carrying out a usual treatment can be purified according to a usual method to obtain compound (D101) or compound (A101), or can be obtained without purification.

[0500] Furthermore, among the compounds according to the third aspect of this embodiment, for example, the following compound (P101) can also be produced by the following method, but the method for producing the compound according to the third aspect of this embodiment is not limited to the following production method.

[0501]

[0502] As shown in the above reaction scheme, compound PM-DP1 can be obtained by reacting compound PM-D1 with compound PM-P1. After compound PM-DP1 is obtained, an alkylideneimine (e.g., C ６ H １１ N=CHCH ２ Li, etc.), followed by treatment with water, the following compound PM-DP2 can be obtained.

[0503]

[0504] After obtaining the compound PM-DP2, the compound PM-DP2 is reacted with the compound PM-A1 to obtain the following compound (P101).

[0505]

[0506] In the reaction scheme compound for the compound according to the third aspect, the reaction between P-M-DP2 and the compound P-M-A1 is typically carried out in a polar solvent. The polar solvent may be a protic polar solvent or an aprotic polar solvent, or a mixture thereof. As the protic polar solvent, for example, at least one solvent selected from the group consisting of water, methanol, ethanol, 1-propanol, 2-propanol, 1-butanol, acetic acid, and formic acid may be used, or a mixed solvent of two or more of these protic polar solvents may be used. As the aprotic polar solvent, at least one solvent selected from the group consisting of tetrahydrofuran (THF), acetone, acetonitrile, N,N-dimethylformamide (DMF), dimethyl sulfoxide (DMSO), methylene chloride, chloroform, dioxane, and N-methylpyrrolidone may be used, or a mixed solvent of these aprotic polar solvents may be used. After completion of the reaction, the crude product obtained by the usual treatment can be purified by a usual method to give the compound (P101), or can be obtained without purification.

[0507] In the reaction schemes for the compounds according to the first, second, and third aspects described above, an acceptor moiety is bonded to an intermediate obtained by bonding a donor moiety to a π-conjugated moiety to obtain compound (D101), (A101), or (P101). However, the methods for producing the compounds according to the first, second, and third aspects of the present embodiment are not limited to such reaction schemes. For example, compound (D101), (A101), or (P101) can also be obtained by first bonding a donor moiety to an intermediate obtained by bonding an acceptor moiety to a π-conjugated moiety.

[0508] [Specific Examples of Compounds According to This Embodiment] Specific examples of compounds according to the first aspect of this embodiment include the following compounds, however, the present invention is not limited to these specific examples.

[0509]

[0510]

[0511]

[0512]

[0513] Specific examples of the compound according to the second aspect of this embodiment include the following compounds, however, the present invention is not limited to these specific examples.

[0514]

[0515]

[0516]

[0517]

[0518]

[0519]

[0520]

[0521]

[0522]

[0523]

[0524]

[0525]

[0526] Specific examples of the compound according to the third aspect of this embodiment include the following compounds, however, the present invention is not limited to these specific examples.

[0527]

[0528]

[0529]

[0530] According to this embodiment, a novel compound applicable to electro-optical materials can be provided. The compound according to this embodiment is expected to have improved hyperpolarizability. The hyperpolarizability can be calculated by the method described below. Based on the calculated hyperpolarizability of the compound, it is also possible to determine whether the compound can be used as an electro-optical material.

[0531] (Hyperpolarizability) The hyperpolarizability can be calculated by quantum chemistry calculation using, for example, Gaussian 16, a quantum chemistry calculation program. Gaussian 16 is manufactured by Gaussian Inc. Specifically, the hyperpolarizability can be calculated by the calculation method described in the Examples section.

[0532] (Explanation of Ring Structure, Substituents, etc.) Aromatic Hydrocarbon Ring In this embodiment, the monocyclic aromatic hydrocarbon ring is preferably a benzene ring. The polycyclic aromatic hydrocarbon ring is preferably a fused polycyclic aromatic hydrocarbon ring. The number of ring carbon atoms in the polycyclic aromatic hydrocarbon ring is preferably 9 to 30, and more preferably 9 to 18. Examples of the fused polycyclic aromatic hydrocarbon ring include a naphthalene ring, an indene ring, an azulene ring, a fluorene ring, an anthracene ring, a phenanthrene ring, a triphenylene ring, a naphthacene ring, a phenalene ring, a pyrene ring, and a chrysene ring.

[0533] Aliphatic Hydrocarbon Ring In this embodiment, the aliphatic hydrocarbon ring refers to a non-aromatic ring whose ring-forming atoms are composed only of carbon atoms. The aliphatic hydrocarbon ring is monocyclic or polycyclic. The polycyclic aliphatic hydrocarbon ring is, for example, a fused aliphatic ring, a bridged aliphatic ring, or a spirocyclic aliphatic ring. The aliphatic hydrocarbon ring is a saturated ring or an unsaturated ring. The number of ring carbon atoms in the monocyclic aliphatic hydrocarbon ring is preferably 3 to 30, more preferably 3 to 15, and even more preferably 3 to 8. Specific examples of the monocyclic aliphatic hydrocarbon ring include saturated monocyclic aliphatic rings such as a cyclobutane ring, a cyclopentane ring, a cyclopentadiene ring, a cyclohexane ring, and a cycloheptane ring, and unsaturated monocyclic aliphatic rings such as a cyclobutene ring, a cyclopentene ring, a cyclohexene ring, and a cycloheptene ring. The number of ring carbon atoms in the polycyclic aliphatic hydrocarbon ring is preferably 7 to 30, more preferably 7 to 18, and even more preferably 7 to 10. Specific examples of the polycyclic aliphatic hydrocarbon ring include fused aliphatic rings such as an indane ring, a decahydronaphthalene ring, and an octahydronaphthalene ring, and bridged aliphatic rings such as an adamantane ring and a norbornene ring.

[0534] Heterocycle In this embodiment, the heterocycle is a ring containing one or more heteroatoms as ring-forming atoms. Examples of ring-forming atoms of the heterocycle include carbon atoms, nitrogen atoms, oxygen atoms, sulfur atoms, silicon atoms, boron atoms, and selenium atoms. The heterocycle may contain two or more types of heteroatoms. Examples of the heterocycle include nitrogen-containing heterocycles, sulfur-containing heterocycles, and oxygen-containing heterocycles. The heterocycle is a saturated ring or an unsaturated ring. The number of ring-forming atoms of a polycyclic heterocycle is preferably 3 to 9, and more preferably 5 or 6. The number of ring-forming atoms of a polycyclic heterocycle is preferably 9 to 30, and more preferably 9 to 18. Specific examples of the monocyclic heterocycle include a pyrrole ring, an imidazole ring, a pyrazole ring, an isoxazole ring, a triazole ring, a tetrazole ring, a pyridine ring, a pyrimidine ring, a pyridazine ring, a pyrazine ring, a triazine ring, a piperazine ring, a furan ring, an oxazole ring, an isoxazole ring, an oxadiazole ring, a dioxolane ring, a thiophene ring, a thiazole ring, an isothiazole ring, a thiadiazole ring, a dithiolane ring, and a morpholine ring. Specific examples of polycyclic heterocycles include an indole ring, a benzimidazole ring, an indazole ring, a purine ring, a quinoline ring, an isoquinoline ring, a phthalazine ring, a naphthyridine ring, a quinoxaline ring, a quinazoline ring, a cinnoline ring, a pteridine ring, a carbazole ring, a 1,4,5,8,9,11-hexaazatriphenylene ring, a benzofuran ring, a dibenzofuran ring, a benzoxazole ring, a benzisoxazole ring, a benzothiophene ring, a dibenzothiophene ring, a benzothiadiazole ring, and a benzisothiadiazole ring. The polycyclic heterocycle may be a ring in which one or more monocyclic or polycyclic aliphatic hydrocarbon rings are fused with one or more monocyclic or polycyclic heterocycles, or a ring in which one or more monocyclic or polycyclic aromatic hydrocarbon rings are fused with one or more monocyclic or polycyclic heterocycles.

[0535] Halogen Atom In the present embodiment, examples of the halogen atom include a fluorine atom, a chlorine atom, a bromine atom, and an iodine atom.

[0536] Alkyl Group In this embodiment, the alkyl group is preferably, for example, a linear or branched alkyl group having 1 to 20 carbon atoms, 1 to 18 carbon atoms, 1 to 10 carbon atoms, 1 to 6 carbon atoms, or 1 to 5 carbon atoms. In this embodiment, examples of the alkyl group include a methyl group, an ethyl group, an n-propyl group, an isopropyl group, an n-butyl group, an isobutyl group, a sec-butyl group, a tert-butyl group, various pentyl groups, various hexyl groups, various heptyl groups, various octyl groups, various nonyl groups, various decyl groups, various undecyl groups, various dodecyl groups, various tridecyl groups, various tetradecyl groups, various pentadecyl groups, various hexadecyl groups, various heptadecyl groups, various octadecyl groups, various nonadecyl groups, and various icosyl groups. The alkyl group is preferably an alkyl group having 1 to 6 carbon atoms, and more preferably, for example, a methyl group, an ethyl group, an n-propyl group, an isopropyl group, an n-butyl group, an isobutyl group, a sec-butyl group, a tert-butyl group, a pentyl group, an isopentyl group, a hexyl group, an isohexyl group, etc. In this specification, when the term "various" is added to the name of a substituent, the term "various" indicates that the term includes linear and all branched groups, and the same applies hereinafter.

[0537] Haloalkyl Group In this embodiment, an example of the substituted alkyl group is a haloalkyl group. Examples of the haloalkyl group include linear or branched alkyl groups having 1 to 20 carbon atoms substituted with at least one identical or different halogen atom (for example, at least one halogen atom selected from the group consisting of a fluorine atom, a chlorine atom, a bromine atom, an iodine atom, etc.). Preferred examples of the haloalkyl group include haloalkyl groups having 1 to 6 carbon atoms, and more preferred examples include a fluoromethyl group, a difluoromethyl group, a trifluoromethyl group, a 2-fluoroethyl group, a 1,2-difluoroethyl group, a chloromethyl group, a 2-chloroethyl group, a 1,2-dichloroethyl group, a bromomethyl group, a 2-bromoethyl group, a 1-bromopropyl group, a 2-bromopropyl group, a 3-bromopropyl group, and an iodomethyl group.

[0538] Alkenyl Group In this embodiment, the alkenyl group is preferably, for example, a linear or branched alkenyl group having 2 to 10 carbon atoms or 2 to 6 carbon atoms. In this embodiment, examples of the alkenyl group include ethenyl group (vinyl group), 1-propenyl group, 2-propenyl group (allyl group), 1-butenyl group, 2-butenyl group, 3-butenyl group, 1-methyl-1-propenyl group, 1-methyl-2-propenyl group, 2-methyl-1-propenyl group, 2-methyl-2-propenyl group, various butenyl groups, various pentenyl groups, and various hexenyl groups.

[0539] Alkynyl Group In this embodiment, the alkynyl group is preferably, for example, a linear or branched alkynyl group having 2 to 10 carbon atoms or 2 to 6 carbon atoms. In this embodiment, examples of the alkynyl group include an ethynyl group, a 1-propynyl group, a 2-propynyl group, a 1-methyl-2-propynyl group, a 1,1-dimethyl-2-propynyl group, a 1-butynyl group, a 2-butynyl group, a 3-butynyl group, a 1-pentynyl group, a 2-pentynyl group, a 3-pentynyl group, a 4-pentynyl group, and a 3-hexynyl group.

[0540] In this embodiment, the cycloalkyl group is preferably, for example, a monocyclic or polycyclic cycloalkyl group having 3 to 26 ring carbon atoms, 3 to 20 ring carbon atoms, or 6 to 20 ring carbon atoms. In this embodiment, examples of the cycloalkyl group include a cyclopropyl group, a cyclobutyl group, a cyclopentyl group, a cyclohexyl group, a cycloheptyl group, a cyclooctyl group, a cyclononyl group, a cyclodecyl group, a cycloundecyl group, a cyclododecyl group, an adamantyl group, and a norbornyl group.

[0541] Cycloalkenyl Group In this embodiment, the cycloalkenyl group is preferably, for example, a monocyclic or polycyclic unsaturated aliphatic ring group having 3 to 26 ring carbon atoms, 3 to 20 ring carbon atoms, or 6 to 20 ring carbon atoms. Examples of the cycloalkenyl group include a cyclopropenyl group, a cyclopentenyl group, a cyclohexenyl group, a cycloheptynyl group, a cyclooctenyl group, a cyclopentadienyl group, a cyclohexadienyl group, a cycloheptadienyl group, and a cyclooctadienyl group.

[0542] Aryl Group In this embodiment, the aryl group is preferably, for example, a monocyclic or polycyclic aryl group having 6 to 20 ring carbon atoms, 6 to 14 ring carbon atoms, or 6 to 10 ring carbon atoms. In this embodiment, examples of the aryl group include a phenyl group, a biphenyl group, a naphthyl group, an anthryl group, and a phenanthryl group. In this embodiment, examples of the substituted aryl group include a 2-methylphenyl group, a 3-methylphenyl group, a 4-methylphenyl group, a 4-ethylphenyl group, a dichlorophenyl group, and a methylnaphthyl group.

[0543] Alkoxy Group In this embodiment, the alkoxy group is preferably, for example, an alkoxy group having 1 to 20 carbon atoms, 1 to 18 carbon atoms, 1 to 10 carbon atoms, or 1 to 6 carbon atoms. In this embodiment, examples of the alkoxy group include a methoxy group, an ethoxy group, a propoxy group, an isopropoxy group, a butoxy group, an isobutoxy group, a sec-butoxy group, a tert-butoxy group, various pentyloxy groups, and various hexyloxy groups.

[0544] Cycloalkoxy Group In this embodiment, the cycloalkoxy group is preferably a cycloalkoxy group having 3 to 20 ring carbon atoms or 6 to 20 ring carbon atoms. In this embodiment, examples of the cycloalkoxy group include a group in which the cycloalkyl group moiety is the cycloalkyl group, that is, a group represented by -O-Arx in which Arx is the cycloalkyl group.

[0545] Aryloxy Group In this embodiment, examples of the aryloxy group include monocyclic or polycyclic aryloxy groups having 6 to 12 ring carbon atoms, and preferred examples include a phenoxy group and a naphthyloxy group. In this embodiment, examples of the substituted aryloxy group include a tolyloxy group.

[0546] Aralkyl Group In this embodiment, the aralkyl group is preferably, for example, an aralkyl group having 7 to 20 carbon atoms or 7 to 15 carbon atoms. In this embodiment, examples of the aralkyl group include a benzyl group, a 1-phenylethyl group, a phenethyl group, a 1-naphthylmethyl group, a 2-naphthylmethyl group, a 1-naphthylethyl group, and a 2-naphthylethyl group.

[0547] Aralkyloxy Group In this embodiment, the aralkyloxy group is preferably, for example, an aralkyloxy group having 7 to 20 carbon atoms or 7 to 15 carbon atoms. In this embodiment, examples of the aralkyloxy group include those where the aralkyl group moiety is the above-mentioned aralkyl group, that is, those where Ary in the group represented by -O-Ary is the above-mentioned aralkyl group. In this embodiment, preferred examples of the aralkyloxy group include a benzyloxy group, a phenethyloxy group, a 1-naphthylmethoxy group, and a 2-naphthylmethoxy group, and more preferably, a benzyloxy group.

[0548] Silyloxy Group In this embodiment, examples of the silyloxy group include a tert-butyldiphenylsiloxy group and a tert-butyldimethylsiloxy group.

[0549] Alkenyloxy Group In the present embodiment, examples of the alkenyloxy group include linear or branched alkenyloxy groups having 2 to 20 carbon atoms, preferably, for example, alkenyloxy groups having 2 to 6 carbon atoms, and more preferably, for example, ethenyloxy group, 1-propenyloxy group, 2-propenyloxy group, 1-methylethenyloxy group, 1-butenyloxy group, 2-butenyloxy group, 3-butenyloxy group, 1-methyl-1-propenyloxy group, 1-methyl-2-propenyloxy group, 2-methyl-1-propenyloxy group, and 2-methyl-2-propenyloxy group.

[0550] Alkenylcarbonyl Group In this embodiment, examples of the alkenyl in the alkenylcarbonyl group include the above-mentioned alkenyl groups.

[0551] Alkenylcarbonyloxy Group In the present embodiment, examples of the alkenylcarbonyloxy group include linear or branched alkenylcarbonyloxy groups having 2 to 20 carbon atoms, preferably, for example, an alkenylcarbonyloxy group having 2 to 6 carbon atoms, and more preferably, for example, an ethenylcarbonyloxy group, a 1-propenylcarbonyloxy group, a 2-propenylcarbonyloxy group, a 1-methylethenylcarbonyloxy group, a 1-butenylcarbonyloxy group, a 2-butenylcarbonyloxy group, a 3-butenylcarbonyloxy group, a 1-methyl-1-propenylcarbonyloxy group, a 1-methyl-2-propenylcarbonyloxy group, a 2-methyl-1-propenylcarbonyloxy group, and a 2-methyl-2-propenylcarbonyloxy group.

[0552] Alkynyloxy Group In the present embodiment, examples of the alkynyloxy group include linear or branched alkynyloxy groups having 2 to 20 carbon atoms, preferably, for example, an alkynyloxy group having 3 to 6 carbon atoms, and more preferably, for example, a 2-propynyloxy group, a 1-methyl-2-propynyloxy group, a 1,1-dimethyl-2-propynyloxy group, a 2-butynyloxy group, a 3-butynyloxy group, a 1-pentynyloxy group, a 2-pentynyloxy group, a 3-pentynyloxy group, and a 4-pentynyloxy group.

[0553] Silyl Group In the present embodiment, examples of the silyl group include an alkylsilyl group and an arylsilyl group. Examples of the alkylsilyl group include a trimethylsilyl group and a tert-butyldimethylsilyl group. Examples of the arylsilyl group include a triphenylsilyl group.

[0554] Heteroaryl Group In this embodiment, the heteroaryl group is preferably a heteroaryl group having 5 to 20 ring atoms, 5 to 14 ring atoms, or 5 to 10 ring atoms. In this embodiment, the heteroaryl group contains at least one heteroatom as a ring-forming atom. For example, the heteroaryl group may contain one, two, or three heteroatoms as ring-forming atoms. The heteroatom contained as a ring-forming atom in the heteroaryl group is one or more atoms selected from the group consisting of a nitrogen atom, an oxygen atom, a sulfur atom, a silicon atom, a phosphorus atom, and a boron atom. When the heteroaryl group contains multiple heteroatoms as ring-forming atoms, the multiple heteroatoms may be the same or different. In this embodiment, examples of the heteroaryl group include a pyrrolyl group, an imidazolyl group, a furyl group, a thienyl group, a pyridinyl group, a pyrazinyl group, a pyrimidinyl group, a pyridazinyl group, a triazinyl group, an indolyl group, a benzofuranyl group, a benzothienyl group, a quinolyl group, an isoquinolyl group, a phenanthrolinyl group, and an acridinyl group.

[0555] In this specification, a numerical range expressed using "AA to BB" means a range that includes the number AA written before "AA to BB" as the lower limit and the number BB written after "AA to BB" as the upper limit.

[0556] In this specification, when referring to "substituted or unsubstituted," the substituents may bond to each other to form a monocycle, a fused ring, or not bond to each other. Here, when referring to "substituted or unsubstituted," the substituents may bond to each other to form a monocycle or a fused ring, and this also includes cases where the substituents bond to each other to form a multi-membered ring. This multi-membered ring is preferably a two-membered ring (bicyclo), a three-membered ring (tricyclo), or a four-membered ring (tetracyclo). For example, when referring to a "substituted or unsubstituted" group (a cycloalkyl group, a cycloalkylene group, a cycloalkylidene group) derived from a cycloalkane, examples of when the substituents bond to each other to form a multi-membered ring include monovalent or divalent groups derived from a bicycloalkane, a tricycloalkane, and a tetracycloalkane.

[0557] In this specification, the substituents in the "substituted" part of "substituted or unsubstituted" are each independently at least one selected from the group consisting of, for example, an alkyl group, a haloalkyl group, an alkenyl group, an alkynyl group, a cycloalkyl group, an alkoxy group, an aryl group, an aryloxy group, a hydroxy group, an oxiranyl group, a mercapto group, an amino group, a carbamoyl group, a sulfamoyl group, a carboxy group, an alkoxycarbonyl group, a sulfo group, a sulfino group, a phosphono group, a nitro group, a cyano group, an amidino group, an imino group, a dihydroborono group, a sulfinyl group, a sulfonyl group, an acyl group, an oxo group, a thioxo group, and a halogen atom (such as a fluorine, chlorine, bromine, or iodine atom). Specific examples of these substituents include the same groups as those described above. The number of substituents in the "substituted" part of "substituted or unsubstituted" may be one or more, and in the case of two or more substituents, they may be the same or different. In addition, in the present specification, "unsubstituted" in the context of "substituted or unsubstituted" means that the group is not substituted with the above-mentioned substituents and has a hydrogen atom bonded thereto.

[0558] In this specification, in specific examples of compounds, D may represent a deuterium atom, Me may represent a methyl group, Et may represent an ethyl group, Ph may represent a phenyl group, and tBu may represent a tert-butyl group.

[0559] In this specification, the preferred provisions can be adopted arbitrarily, and it can be said that a combination of preferred provisions is more preferred.

[0560] Second Embodiment A precursor according to a second embodiment is represented by the following formula (DP-XM1), (DP-XM2), (DP-XM3), (DP-XM4), (DP-YM1), (DP-YM2), (DP-YM3), or (DP-YM4).

[0561]

[0562]

[0563]

[0564]

[0565] (In the formulae (DP-XM1), (DP-XM2), (DP-XM3), (DP-XM4), (DP-YM1), (DP-YM2), (DP-YM3), and (DP-YM4), R ３０１ , R ３０２ , R ３０３ , R ３０４ , and R ３０５ At least one pair of adjacent pairs of R are bonded to each other to form a substituted or unsubstituted monocycle, or bonded to each other to form a substituted or unsubstituted fused ring, or are not bonded to each other to form the substituted or unsubstituted monocycle and the substituted or unsubstituted fused ring. ３０１ , R ３０２ , R ３０３ , R ３０４ , and R ３０５ are each independently a hydrogen atom, a substituted or unsubstituted alkyl group, a substituted or unsubstituted cycloalkyl group, a substituted or unsubstituted aryl group, a substituted or unsubstituted heterocyclic group, -N(R １０１ ) (R １０２ ), or a group represented by —O(R １１３ ) is a group represented by R １０１ , R １０２ , and R １１３ are each independently a hydrogen atom, a substituted or unsubstituted alkyl group, a substituted or unsubstituted cycloalkyl group, a substituted or unsubstituted aryl group, or a substituted or unsubstituted heterocyclic group; in the formulae (DP-XM1), (DP-XM2), (DP-XM3), and (DP-XM4), X is an oxygen atom or a sulfur atom; and in the formulae (DP-YM1), (DP-YM2), (DP-YM3), and (DP-YM4), Y １ and Y ２are bonded to each other to form a substituted or unsubstituted monocycle, or are bonded to each other to form a substituted or unsubstituted fused ring, or are not bonded to each other to form the substituted or unsubstituted monocycle and the substituted or unsubstituted fused ring. １ and Y ２ are each independently a substituted or unsubstituted alkoxy group, or —S(R １１４ ) is a group represented by R １１４ is a substituted or unsubstituted alkyl group, R １０１ If there are multiple R １０１ are the same or different from each other, R １０２ If there are multiple R １０２ are the same or different from each other, R １１３ If there are multiple R １１３ are the same or different from each other, R １１４ If there are multiple R １１４ are the same or different from each other.)

[0566] R of the precursor according to this embodiment １０１ ~R １０３ , R １１３ , and R １１４ represents R in the formulae (DP-XM1), (DP-XM2), (DP-XM3), (DP-XM4), (DP-YM1), (DP-YM2), (DP-YM3), and (DP-YM4). １０１ ~R １０３ , R １１３ , and R １１４ is synonymous with.

[0567] In one aspect of the precursor according to this embodiment, X in (DP-XM1), (DP-XM2), (DP-XM3), and (DP-XM4) is also preferably an oxygen atom.

[0568] In one aspect of the precursor according to this embodiment, R in the formulae (DP-XM1), (DP-XM2), (DP-XM3), (DP-XM4), (DP-YM1), (DP-YM2), (DP-YM3), and (DP-YM4) ３０１ ~R３０５ One of them is -N(R １０１ ) (R １０２ ), the remaining R ３０１ ~R ３０５ Ga-O(R １１３ ) is not a group represented by the formula (I).

[0569] In one aspect of the precursor according to this embodiment, R in the formulae (DP-XM1), (DP-XM2), (DP-XM3), (DP-XM4), (DP-YM1), (DP-YM2), (DP-YM3), and (DP-YM4) ３０１ ~R ３０５ are each independently a hydrogen atom, —N(R １０１ ) (R １０２ ) or a group represented by —O(R １１３ ) is also preferred.

[0570] In one aspect of the precursor according to this embodiment, R in the formulae (DP-XM1), (DP-XM2), (DP-XM3), (DP-XM4), (DP-YM1), (DP-YM2), (DP-YM3), and (DP-YM4) ３０１ ~R ３０５ are each independently a hydrogen atom or —O(R １１３ In one aspect of the precursor according to this embodiment, R in the formulae (DP-XM1), (DP-XM2), (DP-XM3), (DP-XM4), (DP-YM1), (DP-YM2), (DP-YM3), and (DP-YM4) is preferably a group represented by the formula: ３０１ ~R ３０５ are each independently a hydrogen atom or —N(R １０１ ) (R １０２ ) is also preferred.

[0571] In one aspect of the precursor according to this embodiment, R in the formulae (DP-XM1), (DP-XM2), (DP-XM3), (DP-XM4), (DP-YM1), (DP-YM2), (DP-YM3), and (DP-YM4) ３０１ ~R ３０５ At least one of the groups is —O(R １１３In one aspect of the precursor according to this embodiment, R in the formulae (DP-XM1), (DP-XM2), (DP-XM3), (DP-XM4), (DP-YM1), (DP-YM2), (DP-YM3), and (DP-YM4) is preferably a group represented by the formula: ３０１ ~R ３０５ Three of them are -O(R １１３ ) is also preferred.

[0572] In one aspect of the precursor according to this embodiment, R in the formulae (DP-XM1), (DP-XM2), (DP-XM3), (DP-XM4), (DP-YM1), (DP-YM2), (DP-YM3), and (DP-YM4) ３０１ ~R ３０５ Three of them are -O(R １１３ ) and the remaining two are hydrogen atoms.

[0573] In one aspect of the precursor according to this embodiment, R in the formulae (DP-XM1), (DP-XM2), (DP-XM3), (DP-XM4), (DP-YM1), (DP-YM2), (DP-YM3), and (DP-YM4) ３０３ But -O(R １１３ ) is a group represented by R ３０１ and R ３０２ One of the groups is -O(R １１３ ) is a group represented by R ３０１ and R ３０２ The other is a hydrogen atom, and R ３０４ and R ３０５ One of the groups is -O(R １１３ ) is a group represented by R ３０４ and R ３０５ In one aspect of the precursor according to this embodiment, R in the formulae (DP-XM1), (DP-XM2), (DP-XM3), (DP-XM4), (DP-YM1), (DP-YM2), (DP-YM3), and (DP-YM4) is preferably a hydrogen atom. ３０１ , R ３０３ , and R ３０５ But -O(R １１３ ) is a group represented by R ３０２ and R ３０４is also preferably a hydrogen atom.

[0574] In one aspect of the precursor according to this embodiment, R in the formulae (DP-XM1), (DP-XM2), (DP-XM3), (DP-XM4), (DP-YM1), (DP-YM2), (DP-YM3), and (DP-YM4) ３０１ ~R ３０５ At least one selected from the group consisting of -O(R １１３ ), when R ３０１ ~R ３０５ R in １１３ is also preferably an unsubstituted alkyl group.

[0575] In one aspect of the precursor according to this embodiment, R in the formulae (DP-XM1), (DP-XM2), (DP-XM3), (DP-XM4), (DP-YM1), (DP-YM2), (DP-YM3), and (DP-YM4) ３０１ ~R ３０５ At least one selected from the group consisting of -O(R １１３ ), when R ３０１ ~R ３０５ R in １１３ is preferably an unsubstituted alkyl group having 1 to 20 carbon atoms, preferably an unsubstituted alkyl group having 1 to 10 carbon atoms, preferably an unsubstituted alkyl group having 1 to 8 carbon atoms, preferably an unsubstituted alkyl group having 1 to 5 carbon atoms, preferably an unsubstituted alkyl group having 1 to 3 carbon atoms, or preferably a methyl group.

[0576] In one aspect of the precursor according to this embodiment, R in the formulae (DP-XM1), (DP-XM2), (DP-XM3), (DP-XM4), (DP-YM1), (DP-YM2), (DP-YM3), and (DP-YM4) ３０１ ~R ３０５ One of the groups is -N(R １０１ ) (R １０２ ) and the remaining four are hydrogen atoms.

[0577] In one aspect of the precursor according to this embodiment, R in the formulae (DP-XM1), (DP-XM2), (DP-XM3), (DP-XM4), (DP-YM1), (DP-YM2), (DP-YM3), and (DP-YM4) ３０１ ~R ３０５ At least one selected from the group consisting of -N(R １０１ ) (R １０２ ), when R ３０１ ~R ３０５ R in １０１ and R １０２ are also preferably each independently a substituted or unsubstituted aryl group.

[0578] In one aspect of the precursor according to this embodiment, R in the formulae (DP-XM1), (DP-XM2), (DP-XM3), (DP-XM4), (DP-YM1), (DP-YM2), (DP-YM3), and (DP-YM4) ３０１ ~R ３０５ At least one selected from the group consisting of -N(R １０１ ) (R １０２ ), when R ３０１ ~R ３０５ R in １０１ and R １０２ is also preferably an unsubstituted phenyl group.

[0579] One aspect of the precursor according to this embodiment is the use of precursors represented by the formulae (DP-XM1), (DP-XM2), (DP-XM3), (DP-XM4), (DP-YM1), (DP-YM2), (DP-YM3), and (DP-YM4) in the manufacture of electro-optical compounds.

[0580] One aspect of the precursor according to this embodiment is a precursor represented by the formulae (DP-XM1), (DP-XM2), (DP-XM3), (DP-XM4), (DP-YM1), (DP-YM2), (DP-YM3), and (DP-YM4), which is used in the production of an electro-optical compound.

[0581] In one aspect of the precursor according to this embodiment, Y in the formulae (DP-YM1), (DP-YM2), (DP-YM3), and (DP-YM4)１ and Y ２ In one aspect of the precursor according to this embodiment, Y in the formulae (DP-YM1), (DP-YM2), (DP-YM3), and (DP-YM4) １ and Y ２ are each independently a substituted or unsubstituted alkoxy group, or -S(R １１４ ) when Y is a group represented by １ and Y ２ It is also preferred that the groups consisting of: are bonded to each other to form a substituted or unsubstituted monocyclic ring, or are bonded to each other to form a substituted or unsubstituted fused ring.

[0582] The precursor according to this embodiment is also preferably represented by the following formula (DP-XM11), (DP-XM21), (DP-XM31), or (DP-XM41).

[0583]

[0584]

[0585] (In the formulae (DP-XM11), (DP-XM21), (DP-XM31), and (DP-XM41), R ３０１ , R ３０２ , R ３０３ , R ３０４ , and R ３０５ At least one pair of adjacent pairs of R are bonded to each other to form a substituted or unsubstituted monocycle, or bonded to each other to form a substituted or unsubstituted fused ring, or are not bonded to each other to form the substituted or unsubstituted monocycle and the substituted or unsubstituted fused ring. ３０１ , R ３０２ , R ３０３ , R ３０４ , and R ３０５ are each independently a hydrogen atom, a substituted or unsubstituted alkyl group, a substituted or unsubstituted cycloalkyl group, a substituted or unsubstituted aryl group, a substituted or unsubstituted heterocyclic group, -N(R １０１ ) (R １０２), or a group represented by —O(R １１３ ) is a group represented by R １０１ , R １０２ , and R １１３ are each independently a hydrogen atom, a substituted or unsubstituted alkyl group, a substituted or unsubstituted cycloalkyl group, a substituted or unsubstituted aryl group, or a substituted or unsubstituted heterocyclic group; R １０１ If there are multiple R １０１ are the same or different from each other, R １０２ If there are multiple R １０２ are the same or different from each other, R １１３ If there are multiple R １１３ are the same or different from each other.)

[0586] In one aspect of the precursor according to this embodiment, R in the formulae (DP-XM11), (DP-XM21), (DP-XM31), and (DP-XM41) ３０１ ~R ３０５ One of them is -N(R １０１ ) (R １０２ ), the remaining R ３０１ ~R ３０５ Ga-O(R １１３ ) is not a group represented by the formula (I).

[0587] In one aspect of the precursor according to this embodiment, R in the formulae (DP-XM11), (DP-XM21), (DP-XM31), and (DP-XM41) ３０１ ~R ３０５ are each independently a hydrogen atom, —N(R １０１ ) (R １０２ ) or a group represented by —O(R １１３ ) is also preferred.

[0588] In one aspect of the precursor according to this embodiment, R in the formulae (DP-XM11), (DP-XM21), (DP-XM31), and (DP-XM41) ３０１ ~R ３０５ are each independently a hydrogen atom or —O(R １１３In one aspect of the precursor according to this embodiment, R in the formulae (DP-XM11), (DP-XM21), (DP-XM31), and (DP-XM41) is preferably a group represented by the formula: ３０１ ~R ３０５ are each independently a hydrogen atom or —N(R １０１ ) (R １０２ ) is also preferred.

[0589] In one aspect of the precursor according to this embodiment, R in the formulae (DP-XM11), (DP-XM21), (DP-XM31), and (DP-XM41) ３０１ ~R ３０５ At least one of the groups is —O(R １１３ In one aspect of the precursor according to this embodiment, R in the formulae (DP-XM11), (DP-XM21), (DP-XM31), and (DP-XM41) is preferably a group represented by the formula: ３０１ ~R ３０５ Three of them are -O(R １１３ ) is also preferred.

[0590] In one aspect of the precursor according to this embodiment, R in the formulae (DP-XM11), (DP-XM21), (DP-XM31), and (DP-XM41) ３０１ ~R ３０５ Three of them are -O(R １１３ ) and the remaining two are hydrogen atoms.

[0591] In one aspect of the precursor according to this embodiment, R in the formulae (DP-XM11), (DP-XM21), (DP-XM31), and (DP-XM41) ３０３ But -O(R １１３ ) is a group represented by R ３０１ and R ３０２ One of the groups is -O(R １１３ ) is a group represented by R ３０１ and R ３０２ The other is a hydrogen atom, and R ３０４ and R ３０５ One of the groups is -O(R １１３ ) is a group represented by R ３０４ and R３０５ In one aspect of the precursor according to this embodiment, R in the formulae (DP-XM11), (DP-XM21), (DP-XM31), and (DP-XM41) is preferably a hydrogen atom. ３０１ , R ３０３ , and R ３０５ But -O(R １１３ ) is a group represented by R ３０２ and R ３０４ is also preferably a hydrogen atom.

[0592] In one aspect of the precursor according to this embodiment, R in the formulae (DP-XM11), (DP-XM21), (DP-XM31), and (DP-XM41) ３０１ ~R ３０５ At least one selected from the group consisting of -O(R １１３ ), when R ３０１ ~R ３０５ R in １１３ is also preferably an unsubstituted alkyl group.

[0593] In one aspect of the precursor according to this embodiment, R in the formulae (DP-XM11), (DP-XM21), (DP-XM31), and (DP-XM41) ３０１ ~R ３０５ At least one selected from the group consisting of -O(R １１３ ), when R ３０１ ~R ３０５ R in １１３ is preferably an unsubstituted alkyl group having 1 to 20 carbon atoms, preferably an unsubstituted alkyl group having 1 to 10 carbon atoms, preferably an unsubstituted alkyl group having 1 to 8 carbon atoms, preferably an unsubstituted alkyl group having 1 to 5 carbon atoms, preferably an unsubstituted alkyl group having 1 to 3 carbon atoms, or preferably a methyl group.

[0594] In one aspect of the precursor according to this embodiment, R in the formulae (DP-XM11), (DP-XM21), (DP-XM31), and (DP-XM41) ３０１ ~R ３０５ One of the groups is -N(R １０１ ) (R１０２ ) and the remaining four are hydrogen atoms.

[0595] In one aspect of the precursor according to this embodiment, R in the formulae (DP-XM11), (DP-XM21), (DP-XM31), and (DP-XM41) ３０１ ~R ３０５ At least one selected from the group consisting of -N(R １０１ ) (R １０２ ), when R ３０１ ~R ３０５ R in １０１ and R １０２ are also preferably each independently a substituted or unsubstituted aryl group.

[0596] In one aspect of the precursor according to this embodiment, R in the formulae (DP-XM11), (DP-XM21), (DP-XM31), and (DP-XM41) ３０１ ~R ３０５ At least one selected from the group consisting of -N(R １０１ ) (R １０２ ), when R ３０１ ~R ３０５ R in １０１ and R １０２ is also preferably an unsubstituted phenyl group.

[0597] In the precursor according to this embodiment, the precursor represented by the formula (DP-XM11), (DP-XM21), (DP-XM31), or (DP-XM41) is also preferably represented by the following formula (DP-M1), (DP-M2), (DP-M3), (DP-M4), (DP-M5), (DP-M6), (DP-M7), or (DP-M8), respectively.

[0598]

[0599]

[0600]

[0601] One aspect of the precursor according to this embodiment is the use of a precursor represented by formula (DP-XM11), (DP-XM21), (DP-XM31), or (DP-XM41) in the manufacture of an electro-optical compound.

[0602] One aspect of the precursor according to this embodiment is a precursor represented by formula (DP-XM11), (DP-XM21), (DP-XM31), or (DP-XM41) used in the production of the compound according to the first embodiment.

[0603] One aspect of the precursor according to this embodiment is the use of a precursor represented by formula (DP-XM11), (DP-XM21), (DP-XM31), or (DP-XM41) used in the production of the compound according to the first embodiment.

[0604] One aspect of the precursor according to this embodiment is a precursor represented by the formula (DP-XM11), (DP-XM21), (DP-XM31), or (DP-XM41) used in the production of an electro-optical compound.

[0605] One aspect of the precursor according to this embodiment is the use of a precursor represented by formula (DP-XM11), (DP-XM21), (DP-XM31), or (DP-XM41) for use in the production of an electro-optical compound.

[0606] One aspect of the precursor according to this embodiment is a production method for producing the compound according to the first embodiment using the compound represented by formula (DP-XM11), (DP-XM21), (DP-XM31), or (DP-XM41).

[0607] Specific examples of the method for producing the compound according to the first embodiment include the production methods described above in the first embodiment. For example, a precursor represented by the formula (DP-M1), (DP-M2), (DP-M3), (DP-M4), (DP-M5), (DP-M6), (DP-M7), or (DP-M8) can be used in place of the compound D-M-D1, compound P-M-D1, compound A-M-D1, or the like, but is not limited thereto.

[0608] One aspect of the precursor according to this embodiment is also preferably used to produce a compound according to the first embodiment, which has a donor moiety represented by formula (D123-1B), a π-conjugated moiety, and an acceptor moiety.

[0609] One aspect of the precursor according to this embodiment is also preferably used to produce a compound according to the first embodiment, which has a donor moiety represented by formula (D111), a π-conjugated moiety, and an acceptor moiety. One aspect of the precursor according to this embodiment is also preferably used to produce a compound according to the first embodiment, which has a donor moiety represented by formula (D111), a π-conjugated moiety represented by formula (PX1) where p and q are 0, and an acceptor moiety.

[0610] [Third Embodiment] (Electro-optical Material) An electro-optical material according to a third embodiment contains an electro-optical compound and a host material, and the electro-optical compound is the compound according to the first embodiment. In the electro-optical material according to this embodiment, the host material is sometimes referred to as a matrix material.

[0611] In one aspect, the electro-optical material according to this embodiment contains an electro-optical compound and a host material, and it is also preferred that the electro-optical compound is the compound according to the first embodiment and that the electro-optical compound is dispersed in the host material.

[0612] In one aspect, the electro-optical material according to this embodiment contains an electro-optical compound and a host material, and it is also preferable that the electro-optical compound is the compound according to the first embodiment, the host material is a polymer, and the electro-optical compound is dispersed in the host material without being bonded to the polymer.

[0613] In one aspect, the electro-optical material according to this embodiment contains an electro-optical compound and a host material, and it is also preferred that the electro-optical compound is the compound according to the first embodiment, the host material is a polymer, and the electro-optical compound is bonded to the polymer as the host material.

[0614] The mixing ratio of the electro-optical compound and the host material is not particularly limited.ＥＯ and parts by mass M of the host material ＨＯＳＴ When the total of the above is 100 parts by mass, for example, the mass ratio M ＥＯ / M ＨＯＳＴ The mass ratio M of the electro-optical compound / host material may be 5 / 95 or more and 95 / 5 or less. ＥＯ / M ＨＯＳＴ The mass ratio M of the electro-optical compound / host material may be 10 / 90 or more, 20 / 80 or more, 30 / 70 or more, 40 / 60 or more, or 50 / 50 or more. ＥＯ / M ＨＯＳＴ may be 90 / 10 or less, may be 85 / 15 or less, may be 80 / 20 or less, or may be 70 / 30 or less.

[0615] The host material is not particularly limited. From the viewpoint of dispersing the electro-optical compound in a nearly uniform state in the host material, it is preferable that the host material has high compatibility with the electro-optical compound. In the electro-optical material according to this embodiment, the host material is preferably a polymer. It is preferable that the host material is a polymer that is soluble in an organic solvent. From the viewpoint of easily obtaining excellent transparency and excellent moldability (including film-formability) when used in an electro-optical film or an electro-optical element, it is more preferable that the host material is, for example, specifically, at least one polymer selected from the group consisting of poly(meth)acrylate, polyimide, polycarbonate, norbornene, polystyrene, polysulfone, polyethersulfone, silicone-based resins, epoxy-based resins, and the like.

[0616] One embodiment of the method for dispersing the electro-optical compound in the host material is to charge the electro-optical compound and the host material into an organic solvent, and then disperse or dissolve the electro-optical compound and the host material in the organic solvent using a known stirrer, disperser, etc. One embodiment of the method for dispersing the electro-optical compound in the host material is to disperse the mixed raw material obtained by mixing the electro-optical compound and the host material using a known kneader.

[0617] The organic solvent is not particularly limited as long as it can disperse or dissolve the electro-optical compound and the host material in the organic solvent. Examples of the organic solvent include ethers (ether-based solvents), ketones (ketone-based solvents), esters (ester-based solvents), alcohols (alcohol-based solvents), halides (chlorine-containing solvents), hydrocarbon solvents (aromatic hydrocarbons, aliphatic hydrocarbons), and aprotic polar solvents (amides and sulfoxides), and one or more of these may be used. Specific examples of the organic solvent include ether solvents such as tetrahydrofuran, methyltetrahydrofuran, 1,4-dioxane, and cyclopentyl methyl ether; ketone solvents such as acetone, methyl ethyl ketone, 2-heptanone, cyclopentanone, and cyclohexanone; ester solvents such as ethyl acetate, butyl acetate, and propylene glycol monomethyl ether acetate; alcohol solvents such as methanol, ethanol, isopropyl alcohol, 1-butanol, 2-butanol, 2-pentanol, benzyl alcohol, and alkoxy alcohols (for example, 1-methoxy-2-propanol, 3-methoxy-1-butanol, and the like); chlorine-containing solvents such as dichlorobenzene, chlorobenzene, chloroform, and 1,2-dichloroethane; hydrocarbon solvents such as toluene, xylene, tetralin, ethylbenzene, 1,3,5-trimethylbenzene, hexane, and ethylcyclohexane; and at least one organic solvent selected from the group consisting of N,N-dimethylformamide, N,N-dimethylacetamide, N-methyl-2-pyrrolidone, and dimethyl sulfoxide. These organic solvents may be used alone or in combination of two or more. One aspect of the electro-optical material according to this embodiment may be the electro-optical film-forming composition described in the fourth embodiment. The organic solvent is not limited to the specific examples above, but from the viewpoint of process applicability of the electro-optical film-forming composition, such as application and drying, the boiling point of the organic solvent is preferably 50°C or higher, more preferably 80°C or higher, and even more preferably 100°C or higher. From the same viewpoint, it is preferably 200°C or lower, more preferably 180°C or lower, and even more preferably 150°C or lower.

[0618] The method for bonding the electro-optical compound to the polymer serving as the host material is not particularly limited. The method for bonding the electro-optical compound to the polymer serving as the host material can involve reacting the electro-optical compound and the host material under conditions in which they react. For example, the method for bonding the electro-optical compound to the polymer serving as the host material can involve mixing the electro-optical compound and the host material, and then reacting them under heated conditions, or in the presence of a catalyst, or a combination of these (in the presence of a catalyst and under heated conditions). Alternatively, the electro-optical compound and the host material can be dispersed or dissolved in an organic solvent, and then reacted under conditions in which the electro-optical compound and the host material can react.

[0619] In the electro-optical material according to this embodiment, the host material is preferably a polymer having a reactive group capable of forming a covalent bond with the compound according to the first embodiment (electro-optical compound) (the reactive group capable of forming a covalent bond with the electro-optical compound is represented by RG Ｐ In the electro-optical material according to this embodiment, the reactive group RG Ｐ It is preferable that at least a part of the electro-optical compound is bonded to a polymer having the compound. In such an electro-optical material, the compound according to the first embodiment can be dispersed at high density in a host material, and high EO characteristics can be obtained. Examples of the host material having a reactive group include the above-mentioned specific polymers having a reactive group.

[0620] The reactive group RG possessed by the polymer serving as the host material Ｐ is not particularly limited as long as it can form a covalent bond with the electro-optical compound. Ｐ Examples of the reactive group RG include a haloalkyl group, a halogenated acyl group, an alkoxycarbonyl group, an aryloxycarbonyl group, a hydroxyl group, a thiol group, an amino group, an isocyanate group, an epoxy group, a carboxyl group, and an acid anhydride group. Ｐcan react with a reactive group in the electro-optical compound to form a covalent bond. The reactive group in the electro-optical compound is not particularly limited as long as it is a reactive group that can react with a reactive group in the polymer as the host material (the reactive group that can form a covalent bond with the polymer as the host material is called RG ＥＯ The reactive group RG possessed by the electro-optical compound ＥＯ is, for example, at least one selected from the group consisting of a hydroxy group, an amino group, and an alkoxycarbonyl group.

[0621] In the electro-optical material according to this embodiment, when an electro-optical compound is bonded to a polymer serving as a host material, the electro-optical material may be covalently bonded to a side chain of the polymer serving as a host material, the electro-optical material may be covalently bonded to a main chain of the polymer serving as a host material, or the polymer serving as a host material and the electro-optical compound may be crosslinked. When an electro-optical compound is bonded to a polymer serving as a host material, the bonding mode may be, for example, such that a donor moiety in the compound according to the first embodiment as the electro-optical material is bonded to a side chain of the polymer, or a acceptor moiety in the compound according to the first embodiment is bonded to a side chain of the polymer, or a donor moiety in the compound according to the first embodiment is bonded to a main chain of the polymer, or a acceptor moiety in the compound according to the first embodiment is bonded to a main chain of the polymer.

[0622] The electro-optical material according to this embodiment contains the compound according to the first embodiment as an electro-optical compound and a host material, and therefore, by using the electro-optical material according to this embodiment, an improvement in the electro-optical effect of the electro-optical film or electro-optical element can be expected.

[0623] [Fourth Embodiment] (Electro-optical Film) In one aspect, the electro-optical film according to the fourth embodiment includes the compound according to the first embodiment. In one aspect, the electro-optical film according to the fourth embodiment includes the electro-optical material according to the third embodiment.

[0624] The electro-optical film according to this embodiment can be obtained, for example, from an electro-optical film-forming composition containing the compound according to the first embodiment or an electro-optical film-forming composition containing the electro-optical material according to the third embodiment. Specifically, the electro-optical film according to this embodiment can be formed by, for example, preparing an electro-optical film-forming composition in which the compound according to the first embodiment or the electro-optical material according to the third embodiment is dispersed or dissolved in an organic solvent, applying the electro-optical film-forming composition to a substrate, and evaporating the organic solvent. The organic solvent may be evaporated by a known drying method, or may be evaporated by heating as needed. Examples of the organic solvent include the organic solvents described in the third embodiment. The electro-optical film-forming composition may contain one or more additives as needed.

[0625] The method for applying the composition for forming an electro-optical film onto the substrate is not particularly limited, and examples thereof include known application methods such as spin coating, dip coating, roll coating, spray coating, doctor blade coating, wire bar coating, and slit coating.

[0626] The electro-optical film according to this embodiment may be subjected to a poling treatment. The poling treatment involves applying a predetermined electric field to the electro-optical film, and aligning the electro-optical compound (the compound according to the first embodiment) in the direction of the applied electric field due to the Coulomb force between the dipole moment of the electro-optical compound and the applied electric field. The poling treatment can also be performed, for example, while heating the electro-optical film formed on the substrate. When performing the poling treatment, the electro-optical film is preferably heated to a temperature that is at least 25° C. lower than the glass transition temperature Tg of the electro-optical film and is equal to or lower than the melting temperature Tm (Tg−25° C. to Tm). Heating to such a temperature promotes molecular motion of the electro-optical compound, and thus performing the poling treatment in a heated state facilitates the orientation of the compound according to the first embodiment or the electro-optical material according to the third embodiment in the electro-optical film. Furthermore, cooling the electro-optical film while maintaining the electric field facilitates the fixation of the orientation. By orienting the compound according to the first embodiment or the electro-optical material according to the third embodiment in the electro-optical film, the compound according to the first embodiment or the electro-optical material according to the third embodiment in the electro-optical film is more likely to exhibit a greater electro-optical effect in the electro-optical film.

[0627] [Fifth Embodiment] (Electro-optical Element) In one aspect, the electro-optical element according to the fifth embodiment includes the compound according to the first embodiment. In one aspect, the electro-optical element according to the fifth embodiment includes the electro-optical material according to the third embodiment. In one aspect, the electro-optical element according to the fifth embodiment includes the electro-optical film according to the fourth embodiment.

[0628] The use of the electro-optical element according to this embodiment is not particularly limited as long as it includes the compound according to the first embodiment, the electro-optical material according to the third embodiment, or the electro-optical film according to the fourth embodiment. The electro-optical element according to this embodiment can be applied to various elements such as optical modulators, optical switches, optical transceivers, optical interconnects, optical memories, wavelength converters, electric field sensors, biopotential sensors, optical spatial modulators, and optical scanners. Furthermore, the electro-optical element according to this embodiment can be used in combination with electronic circuits for optical signal transmission between electronic circuits.

[0629] An example of an electro-optical element is an electro-optical element applied to a Mach-Zehnder optical modulator. A Mach-Zehnder optical modulator has a Mach-Zehnder interferometer structure in which light emitted from a single light source is split into two beams, which are passed through different paths, and then superimposed and combined again to cause interference. The electro-optical element according to this embodiment is not limited to this, and can also be used in optical modulators other than Mach-Zehnder optical modulators, such as directional coupler types.

[0630] The electro-optical element according to this embodiment includes at least one of the compound according to the first embodiment, the electro-optical material according to the third embodiment, and the electro-optical film according to the fourth embodiment, and therefore is expected to have improved element performance.

[0631] In addition, the specific structure and shape in carrying out the present invention may be other structures within the scope that the object of the present invention can be achieved.

[0632] The present invention will be described in more detail below with reference to examples, but the present invention is not limited to these examples in any way.

[0633] <Compounds> The hyperpolarizability and maximum absorption wavelength λmax of the following compounds were calculated according to the method for calculating hyperpolarizability and maximum absorption wavelength λmax described below.

[0634] (Donor Moiety) As an example, compounds having a donor moiety represented by formula (D1) or formula (D2) and used in calculating the hyperpolarizability are represented by formulas (D101) to (D121).

[0635]

[0636]

[0637]

[0638]

[0639] (Acceptor Moiety) In the examples, compounds having an acceptor moiety represented by formula (A1) or formula (A2) and used in calculating the hyperpolarizability are represented by the following formulas (A101) to (A107).

[0640]

[0641]

[0642] (π-conjugated portion) As an example, compounds having a π-conjugated portion represented by formula (P1), (P2), or (P3) and used in calculating the hyperpolarizability are represented by the following formulas (P101) to (P114).

[0643]

[0644]

[0645]

[0646] As a reference example, the compound used in the calculation of the hyperpolarizability is represented by the following formula (Ref-1).

[0647]

[0648] <Evaluation of Compounds> (Hyperpolarizability) In this example, the hyperpolarizability was calculated by quantum chemistry calculation using Gaussian 16, a quantum chemistry calculation program manufactured by Gaussian. Specifically, first, the molecular structure was optimized by density functional theory using the functional B3LYP / basis function 6-31+G(d) to which Grimme's empirical dispersion force correction D3BJ was added. Next, the hyperpolarizability of the optimized molecular structure was calculated using the values ​​of the hyperpolarizability tensor and dipole moment, using the following formula (Equation 1). The hyperpolarizability tensor and dipole moment were calculated by calculation using CAM-B3LYP / 6-31+G(d) with the keyword "polar" specified.

[0649]

[0650] where β is the hyperpolarizability and μ ｉ is the dipole moment component in the i direction. βi is the hyperpolarizability in the i direction, and was calculated from the following equation (Equation 2) using each tensor component of the hyperpolarizability. μx, μy, and μz represent the vector components in the x direction, y direction, and z direction of the dipole moment μ. The dipole moment μ is expressed as (μx ２ +μy ２ +μz ２) is expressed as the square root of

[0651]

[0652] (Maximum Absorption Wavelength λmax) The maximum absorption wavelength λmax of a compound was calculated by a time-dependent density functional method with the functional B3LYP / basis function 6-31+G(d) using a molecular structure optimized by the same method as used for calculating the hyperpolarizability described above.

[0653] When the hyperpolarizabilities of the compounds represented by formulae (D101) to (D121), (A101) to (A107), (P101) to (P114), and (Ref-1) were calculated, it was found that the compounds having a donor moiety represented by formula (D1) or formula (D2), the compounds having an acceptor moiety represented by formula (A1) or formula (A2), and the compounds having a π-conjugated moiety represented by formula (P1), (P2) or (P3) all exhibited hyperpolarizabilities that could be used as electro-optical materials.

[0654] <Synthesis of Compounds> Next, the following compounds were synthesized: The following compounds contain at least the donor moiety of the compound represented by formula (D1).

[0655] The materials used in the following synthesis examples are described below. 2-Bromo-1,3,5-trimethoxybenzene (manufactured by Tokyo Chemical Industry Co., Ltd.) 5-formyl-2-thiopheneboronic acid (manufactured by Tokyo Chemical Industry Co., Ltd.) [1,1'-bis(diphenylphosphino)ferrocene]dichloropalladium(II) (manufactured by Fujifilm Wako Pure Chemical Industries, Ltd.) 1,3-bis(dicyanomethylidene)indane (manufactured by Tokyo Chemical Industry Co., Ltd.) Bis(dibenzylideneacetone)palladium(0) (manufactured by Fujifilm Wako Pure Chemical Industries, Ltd.) Diethyl 2-thienylmethylphosphonate (manufactured by Leap Chem Co., Ltd.) 2-[3-cyano-4-methyl-5-phenyl-5-trifluoromethyl-2(5H)-furanylidene]propanedinitrile (manufactured by Tokyo Chemical Industry Co., Ltd.) 5-bromo-2-thiophenecarboxaldehyde (manufactured by Tokyo Chemical Industry Co., Ltd.) 4-(diphenylamino)phenylboronic acid (Tokyo Chemical Industry Co., Ltd.)

[0656] Example 1 1. Synthesis of Compound C1 A method for synthesizing Compound C1 is described below.

[0657]

[0658] 1-1. Synthesis of Precursor S1 First, precursor S1, an intermediate compound, was synthesized.

[0659]

[0660] In a 100 mL round-bottom flask equipped with a Dimroth condenser and equipped with a side tube, 2-bromo-1,3,5-trimethoxybenzene (2.47 g, 10.0 mmol), 5-formyl-2-thiopheneboronic acid (2.03 g, 13.0 mmol), [1,1'-bis(diphenylphosphino)ferrocene]dichloropalladium(II) (Pd(dppf)Cl ２ ) (366 mg, 0.50 mmol), and potassium carbonate (K ２ CO ３ ) (6.91 g, 50.0 mmol) was charged and dissolved in toluene (20 mL) and methanol (20 mL). The mixture was stirred at 75°C under a nitrogen atmosphere for 6 hours using an aluminum heat block magnetic stirrer. After the reaction solution was cooled to room temperature, water was added, extracted with ethyl acetate, washed with saturated saline, and then dehydrated with sodium sulfate. The solvent was distilled off, purified by silica gel chromatography, and then vacuum dried at 40°C for 10 hours to obtain 1.06 g (3.8 mmol, 38% yield) of precursor S1 as a solid powder. １ As a result of H-NMR measurement (see FIG. 1), it was confirmed that the obtained solid powder was the desired precursor S1.

[0661] 1-2. Synthesis of Compound C1 Next, Compound C1 was synthesized.

[0662]

[0663] Precursor S1 (1.50 mmol) and 1,3-bis(dicyanomethylidene)indane (1.50 mmol) were placed in a 100 mL round-bottom flask equipped with a Dimroth condenser, and ethanol (24.0 mL) and tetrahydrofuran (THF) (6.0 mL) were added to dissolve the precursor. The mixture was then stirred for 4.5 hours under a nitrogen atmosphere at 75°C using an aluminum heat block magnetic stirrer. After the reaction solution was cooled to room temperature, hexane was added, and the precipitated solid was separated by suction filtration. The mixture was then washed with ethanol and vacuum dried at 40°C for 10 hours, yielding 460 mg (0.915 mmol, 61% yield) of compound C1. １ As a result of H-NMR measurement (see FIG. 2), the obtained compound was confirmed to be the target compound C1.

[0664] Example 2 2. Synthesis of Compound C3 A method for synthesizing Compound C3 is described below.

[0665]

[0666] 2-1. Synthesis of Precursor S3 First, precursor S3, an intermediate compound, was synthesized.

[0667]

[0668] Precursor S1 (595 mg, 2.14 mmol) and diethyl 2-thienylmethylphosphonate (752 mg, 3.21 mmol) were dissolved in THF (26 mL) in a 100 mL round-bottom flask equipped with a side tube. Under a nitrogen atmosphere, a 1.0 M potassium tert-butoxide (tBuOK) / tetrahydrofuran (THF) solution (4 mL, 4.0 mmol) was added dropwise while the mixture was cooled to 0°C. After the addition was complete, the mixture was stirred at room temperature for 5 hours. Water was added, and the mixture was extracted with ethyl acetate, washed with saturated brine, and then dehydrated over sodium sulfate. The solvent was evaporated, and the mixture was dried in vacuo at 40°C for 10 hours, yielding 565 mg (1.58 mmol, 74% yield) of precursor S3 as a solid powder. １ As a result of H-NMR measurement (see FIG. 3), it was confirmed that the obtained solid powder was the target precursor S3.

[0669] 2-2. Synthesis of Precursor S4 Next, precursor S4, an intermediate compound, was synthesized.

[0670]

[0671] In a 100 mL round-bottom flask equipped with a side tube, precursor S3 (1.16 g, 3.24 mmol) was dissolved in tetrahydrofuran (THF) (20 mL). Under a nitrogen atmosphere, 1.6 M n-butyllithium (nBuLi) / n-hexane solution (2.4 mL, 3.9 mmol) was added dropwise while cooling to -78 °C. After completion of the addition, the mixture was stirred for 30 minutes. Subsequently, dimethylformamide (DMF) (1.3 mL, 16 mmol) was added dropwise, and the mixture was stirred at room temperature for 3 hours. Water was added, and the mixture was extracted with ethyl acetate, washed with saturated saline, and then dehydrated with sodium sulfate. The solvent was distilled off, and the resulting residue was purified by recrystallization and vacuum dried at 40 °C for 10 hours, yielding 641 mg (1.66 mmol, 51% yield) of precursor S4 as a solid powder. １ As a result of H-NMR measurement (see FIG. 4), it was confirmed that the obtained solid powder was the target precursor S4.

[0672] 2-3. Synthesis of Compound C3 Next, Compound C3 was synthesized.

[0673]

[0674] Precursor S4 (0.983 mmol) and 1,3-bis(dicyanomethylidene)indane (0.983 mmol) were placed in a 100 mL round-bottom flask equipped with a Dimroth condenser. Ethanol (16.0 mL) and tetrahydrofuran (THF) (4.0 mL) were added and dissolved, and the mixture was stirred for 6 hours under a nitrogen atmosphere at 75°C using an aluminum heat block magnetic stirrer. After cooling the reaction solution to room temperature, hexane was added, and the precipitated solid was separated by suction filtration. The resulting solid was purified by recrystallization and vacuum dried at 40°C for 10 hours, yielding 438 mg (0.717 mmol, 73% yield) of compound C3 as a solid powder. １ As a result of H-NMR measurement (see FIG. 5), it was confirmed that the obtained solid powder was the target compound C3.

[0675] Example 3 3. Synthesis of Compound C4 A method for synthesizing Compound C4 is described below.

[0676]

[0677]

[0678] A 100 mL round-bottom flask equipped with a Dimroth condenser and equipped with a side tube was charged with precursor S1 (139 mg, 0.50 mmol) and 2-[3-cyano-4-methyl-5-phenyl-5-trifluoromethyl-2(5H)-furanylidene]propanedinitrile (189 mg, 0.60 mmol), and ethanol (8.0 mL) and tetrahydrofuran (THF) (2.0 mL) were added to dissolve the mixture. The mixture was then stirred for 3 hours under a nitrogen atmosphere at 75°C using an aluminum heat block magnetic stirrer. After cooling the reaction solution to room temperature, hexane was added, and the precipitated solid was filtered off by suction filtration. The mixture was further washed with hexane and vacuum dried at 40°C for 10 hours, yielding 240 mg (0.42 mmol, 83% yield) of compound C4 as a solid powder. １ As a result of H-NMR measurement (see FIG. 6), it was confirmed that the obtained solid powder was the target compound C4.

[0679] Example 4 4. Synthesis of Compound C6 A method for synthesizing Compound C6 is described below.

[0680]

[0681]

[0682] A 100 mL round-bottom flask equipped with a Dimroth condenser and equipped with a side tube was charged with precursor S4 (193 mg, 0.50 mmol) and 2-[3-cyano-4-methyl-5-phenyl-5-trifluoromethyl-2(5H)-furanylidene]propanedinitrile (189 mg, 0.60 mmol), and ethanol (8.0 mL) and tetrahydrofuran (THF) (2.0 mL) were added to dissolve the precursor. The mixture was then stirred for 3 hours under a nitrogen atmosphere at 75°C using an aluminum heat block magnetic stirrer. After cooling the reaction solution to room temperature, hexane was added, and the precipitated solid was separated by suction filtration. The mixture was further washed with hexane and vacuum dried at 40°C for 10 hours, yielding 302 mg (0.44 mmol, 88% yield) of compound C6 as a solid powder. １As a result of H-NMR measurement (see FIG. 7), the obtained solid powder was confirmed to be the target compound C6.

[0683] Example 5 5. Synthesis of Compound C7 A method for synthesizing Compound C7 is described below.

[0684]

[0685] 5-1. Synthesis of Precursor S5 First, precursor S5 was synthesized as an intermediate compound.

[0686]

[0687] In a 100 mL round-bottom flask equipped with a Dimroth condenser and equipped with a side tube, 5-bromo-2-thiophenecarboxaldehyde (1.91 g, 10 mmol), 4-(diphenylamino)phenylboronic acid (3.76 g, 13 mmol), [1,1′-bis(diphenylphosphino)ferrocene]dichloropalladium(II) (Pd(dppf)Cl ２ ) (0.277 g, 0.50 mmol) and potassium carbonate (6.91 g, 50.0 mmol) were dissolved in toluene (20 mL) and methanol (20 mL) and stirred at 60°C for 1 hour under a nitrogen atmosphere. The reaction solution was filtered through neutral silica using ethyl acetate and then washed with saturated sodium bicarbonate water to separate the organic layer. The resulting organic layer was dehydrated with sodium sulfate. The solvent was evaporated, purified by silica gel chromatography, and vacuum dried at 40°C for 10 hours to obtain 3.27 g (9.2 mmol, 92% yield) of precursor S5 as a solid powder. １ As a result of H-NMR measurement (see FIG. 8), it was confirmed that the obtained solid powder was the target precursor S5.

[0688] 5-2. Synthesis of Precursor S6 Next, precursor S6 was synthesized as an intermediate compound.

[0689]

[0690] Precursor S5 (1.07 g, 3.0 mmol) and diethyl 2-thienylmethylphosphonate (1.05 g, 4.5 mmol) were dissolved in tetrahydrofuran (THF) (20 mL) in a 100 mL round-bottom flask equipped with a side tube. Under a nitrogen atmosphere, 1.0 M potassium tert-butoxide (tBuOK) / tetrahydrofuran (THF) solution (6 mL, 6.0 mmol) was added dropwise while the mixture was cooled to 0°C. After the addition was complete, the mixture was stirred at room temperature for 5 hours. Water was added, and the mixture was extracted with ethyl acetate, washed with saturated saline, and then dehydrated over sodium sulfate. The solvent was evaporated, and the mixture was dried in vacuo at 40°C for 10 hours, yielding 1.05 g (2.43 mmol, 81% yield) of precursor S6 as a solid powder. １ As a result of H-NMR measurement (see FIG. 9), it was confirmed that the obtained solid powder was the target precursor S6.

[0691] 5-3. Synthesis of Precursor S7 Next, precursor S7 was synthesized as an intermediate compound.

[0692]

[0693] In a 100 mL round-bottom flask equipped with a side tube, precursor S6 (0.958 g, 2.2 mmol) was dissolved in tetrahydrofuran (THF) (20 mL). Under a nitrogen atmosphere, 1.6 M n-butyllithium (nBuLi) / n-hexane solution (1.6 mL, 2.6 mmol) was added dropwise while cooling to -78 °C. After completion of the addition, the mixture was stirred for 30 minutes. Subsequently, dimethylformamide (DMF) (0.9 mL, 11 mmol) was added dropwise, and the mixture was stirred at room temperature for 3 hours. Water was added, and the mixture was extracted with ethyl acetate, washed with saturated saline, and then dehydrated with sodium sulfate. The solvent was distilled off, and the resulting residue was purified by recrystallization and vacuum dried at 40 °C for 10 hours, yielding 788 mg (1.7 mmol, 77% yield) of precursor S7 as a solid powder. １ As a result of H-NMR measurement (see FIG. 10), it was confirmed that the obtained solid powder was the target precursor S7.

[0694] 5-4. Synthesis of Compound C7 Next, compound C7 was synthesized.

[0695]

[0696] Precursor S7 (218 mg, 0.50 mmol) and 2-[3-cyano-4-methyl-5-phenyl-5-trifluoromethyl-2(5H)-furanylidene]propanedinitrile (189 mg, 0.60 mmol) were placed in a 100 mL round-bottom flask equipped with a Dimroth condenser, and ethanol (8.0 mL) and tetrahydrofuran (THF) (2.0 mL) were added to dissolve the mixture. The mixture was then heated to 75°C under a nitrogen atmosphere using an aluminum heat block magnetic stirrer and stirred for 3 hours. After cooling the reaction solution to room temperature, hexane was added, and the precipitated solid was filtered off by suction filtration. The mixture was further washed with hexane and vacuum dried at 40°C for 10 hours, yielding 342 mg of compound C7 (0.45 mmol, 90% yield). １ As a result of H-NMR measurement (see FIG. 11), the obtained solid powder was confirmed to be the target compound C7.

[0697] Example 6 6. Synthesis of Compound C8 A method for synthesizing Compound C8 is described below.

[0698]

[0699] 6-1. Synthesis of Precursor S8 First, precursor S8 was synthesized as an intermediate compound.

[0700]

[0701] In a 100 mL round-bottom flask equipped with a side tube, 5-(4-phenyl-2,3-dihydro-1,4-benzoxazin-7-yl)thiophene-2-carbaldehyde (643 mg, 2.00 mmol) and diethyl 2-thienylmethylphosphonate (703 mg, 3.00 mmol) were dissolved in tetrahydrofuran (THF) (16 mL). Under a nitrogen atmosphere, 1.0 M potassium tert-butoxide (t-BuOK) / tetrahydrofuran (THF) solution (3.6 mL, 3.6 mmol) was added dropwise while cooling to 0°C. After completion of the dropwise addition, the mixture was stirred at room temperature for 5 hours. Water was added, and the mixture was extracted with ethyl acetate, washed with saturated brine, and then dehydrated over sodium sulfate. The solvent was distilled off, and the residue was dried in vacuum at 40° C. for 10 hours to obtain 793 mg (1.98 mmol, yield 99%) of precursor S8 as a solid powder. １As a result of H-NMR measurement (see FIG. 12), it was confirmed that the obtained solid powder was the target precursor S8.

[0702] 6-2. Synthesis of Precursor S9 Next, precursor S9 was synthesized as an intermediate compound.

[0703]

[0704] Precursor S8 (757 mg, 1.89 mmol) was dissolved in tetrahydrofuran (THF) (15 mL) in a 100 mL round-bottom flask equipped with a side tube. Under a nitrogen atmosphere, 1.6 M potassium tert-butoxide (t-BuOK) / n-hexane solution (1.4 mL, 2.3 mmol) was added dropwise while cooling to -78 °C. After the addition was complete, the mixture was stirred for 30 minutes. Subsequently, dimethylformamide (DMF) (0.7 mL, 9.5 mmol) was added dropwise, and the mixture was stirred at room temperature for 3 hours. Water was added, and the mixture was extracted with ethyl acetate, washed with saturated saline, and then dehydrated over sodium sulfate. The solvent was distilled off, and the resulting residue was purified by recrystallization and vacuum dried at 40 °C for 10 hours, yielding 658 mg (1.53 mmol, 81% yield) of precursor S9 as a solid powder. １ As a result of H-NMR measurement (see FIG. 13), it was confirmed that the obtained solid powder was the target precursor S9.

[0705] 6-3. Synthesis of Compound C8 Next, Compound C8 was synthesized.

[0706]

[0707] Precursor S9 (322 mg, 0.75 mmol) and 2-[3-cyano-4-methyl-5-phenyl-5-trifluoromethyl-2(5H)-furanylidene]propanedinitrile (284 mg, 0.90 mmol) were placed in a 100 mL round-bottom flask equipped with a Dimroth condenser, and ethanol (15 mL) was added to dissolve the mixture. The mixture was then heated to 75°C under a nitrogen atmosphere using an aluminum heat block magnetic stirrer and stirred for 3 hours. After cooling the reaction solution to room temperature, hexane was added, and the precipitated solid was filtered off by suction filtration. The mixture was further washed with hexane and vacuum dried at 40°C for 10 hours, yielding 531 mg (0.73 mmol, 97% yield) of compound C8. １As a result of H-NMR measurement (see FIG. 14), the obtained solid powder was confirmed to be the target compound C8.

[0708] Example 7 7. Synthesis of Compound C9 A method for synthesizing Compound C9 is described below.

[0709]

[0710] 7-1. Synthesis of Precursor S10 First, precursor S10 was synthesized as an intermediate compound.

[0711]

[0712] Precursor S1 (595 mg, 2.14 mmol) and 5-(diethoxyphosphorylmethyl)-2,3-dihydrothieno[3,4-b][1,4]dioxine (938 mg, 3.21 mmol) were dissolved in tetrahydrofuran (THF) (16 mL) in a 100 mL round-bottom flask equipped with a side tube. Under a nitrogen atmosphere, 1.0 M potassium tert-butoxide (t-BuOK) / tetrahydrofuran (THF) solution (3.9 mL, 3.9 mmol) was added dropwise while the mixture was cooled to 0°C. After the addition, the mixture was stirred at room temperature for 5 hours. Water was added, followed by extraction with ethyl acetate, washing with saturated saline, and dehydration with sodium sulfate. The solvent was distilled off, and the residue was dried in vacuum at 40° C. for 10 hours to obtain 856 mg (2.05 mmol, yield 96%) of precursor S10 as a solid powder. １ As a result of H-NMR measurement (see FIG. 15), it was confirmed that the obtained solid powder was the target precursor S10.

[0713] 7-2. Synthesis of Precursor S11 Next, precursor S11 was synthesized as an intermediate compound.

[0714]

[0715] In a 100 mL round-bottom flask equipped with a side tube, precursor S10 (625 mg, 1.50 mmol) was dissolved in tetrahydrofuran (THF) (15 mL). Under a nitrogen atmosphere, 1.6 M n-butyllithium (nBuLi) / n-hexane solution (1.1 mL, 1.80 mmol) was added dropwise while cooling to -78 °C. After completion of the addition, the mixture was stirred for 30 minutes. Subsequently, dimethylformamide (DMF) (0.6 mL, 7.5 mmol) was added dropwise, and the mixture was stirred at room temperature for 3 hours. Water was added, and the mixture was extracted with ethyl acetate, washed with saturated saline, and then dehydrated with sodium sulfate. The solvent was distilled off, and the resulting residue was purified by recrystallization and vacuum dried at 40 °C for 10 hours, yielding 533 mg (1.20 mmol, 80% yield) of precursor S11 as a solid powder. １ As a result of H-NMR measurement (see FIG. 16), it was confirmed that the obtained solid powder was the desired precursor S11.

[0716] 7-3. Synthesis of Compound C9 Next, compound C9 was synthesized.

[0717]

[0718] A 100 mL round-bottom flask equipped with a Dimroth condenser and equipped with a side tube was charged with precursor S11 (333 mg, 0.75 mmol) and 2-[3-cyano-4-methyl-5-phenyl-5-trifluoromethyl-2(5H)-furanylidene]propanedinitrile (284 mg, 0.90 mmol), and ethanol (16 mL) was added to dissolve the mixture. The mixture was then stirred for 3 hours under a nitrogen atmosphere at 75°C using an aluminum heat block magnetic stirrer. After the reaction solution was cooled to room temperature, hexane was added, and the precipitated solid was separated by suction filtration. The mixture was further washed with hexane and vacuum dried at 40°C for 10 hours, yielding 526 mg (0.71 mmol, 94% yield) of compound C9. １ As a result of H-NMR measurement (see FIG. 17), the obtained solid powder was confirmed to be the target compound C9.

[0719] Example 8 8. Synthesis of Compound C10 A method for synthesizing Compound C10 is described below.

[0720]

[0721] 8-1. Synthesis of Precursor S12 First, precursor S12 was synthesized as an intermediate compound.

[0722]

[0723] Precursor S1 (557 mg, 2.00 mmol) and 6-bromo-2-(diethoxyphosphorylmethyl)benzofuran (1.04 g, 3.00 mmol) were dissolved in tetrahydrofuran (THF) (16 mL) in a 100 mL round-bottom flask equipped with a side tube. Under a nitrogen atmosphere, 1.0 M potassium tert-butoxide (t-BuOK) / tetrahydrofuran (THF) solution (3.6 mL, 3.6 mmol) was added dropwise while cooling to 0°C. After completion of the dropwise addition, the mixture was stirred at room temperature for 5 hours. Water was added, and the mixture was extracted with ethyl acetate, washed with saturated saline, and then dehydrated over sodium sulfate. The solvent was evaporated and the mixture was dried in vacuo at 40°C for 10 hours, yielding 745 mg (1.58 mmol, 79% yield) of precursor S12 as a solid powder. １ As a result of H-NMR measurement (see FIG. 18), it was confirmed that the obtained solid powder was the target precursor S12.

[0724] 8-2. Synthesis of Precursor S13 Next, precursor S13 was synthesized.

[0725]

[0726] Precursor S12 (750 mg, 1.59 mmol) was dissolved in THF (15 mL) in a 100 mL round-bottom flask equipped with a side tube. Under a nitrogen atmosphere, 1.6 M n-butyllithium (nBuLi) / n-hexane solution (1.2 mL, 1.9 mmol) was added dropwise while cooling to -78 °C. After completion of the addition, the mixture was stirred for 30 minutes. Subsequently, dimethylformamide (DMF) (0.6 mL, 8.0 mmol) was added dropwise, and the mixture was stirred at room temperature for 3 hours. Water was added, and the mixture was extracted with ethyl acetate, washed with saturated saline, and then dehydrated over sodium sulfate. The solvent was distilled off, and the resulting residue was purified by recrystallization and vacuum dried at 40 °C for 10 hours, yielding 576 mg (1.37 mmol, 86% yield) of precursor S13 as a solid powder. １ As a result of H-NMR measurement (see FIG. 19), it was confirmed that the obtained solid powder was the target precursor S13.

[0727] 8-3. Synthesis of Compound C10 Next, compound C10 was synthesized.

[0728]

[0729] A 100 mL round-bottom flask equipped with a Dimroth condenser and equipped with a side tube was charged with precursor S13 (336 mg, 0.80 mmol) and 2-[3-cyano-4-methyl-5-phenyl-5-trifluoromethyl-2(5H)-furanylidene]propanedinitrile (303 mg, 0.96 mmol), and ethanol (16 mL) was added to dissolve the mixture. The mixture was then stirred for 3 hours under a nitrogen atmosphere at 75°C using an aluminum heat block magnetic stirrer. After the reaction solution was cooled to room temperature, hexane was added, and the precipitated solid was separated by suction filtration. The mixture was further washed with hexane and vacuum dried at 40°C for 10 hours, yielding 534 mg (0.75 mmol, 94% yield) of compound C10. １ As a result of H-NMR measurement (see FIG. 20), the obtained solid powder was confirmed to be the target compound C10.

[0730] (Example 9) 9. Synthesis of Compound C11 A method for synthesizing Compound C11 is described below.

[0731]

[0732]

[0733] Precursor S5 (0.50 mmol) and 1,3-bis(dicyanomethylidene)indane (0.60 mmol) were placed in a 100 mL round-bottom flask equipped with a Dimroth condenser, and ethanol (8.0 mL) and tetrahydrofuran (THF) (2.0 mL) were added to dissolve the precursor. The mixture was then heated to 75°C under a nitrogen atmosphere using an aluminum heat block magnetic stirrer and stirred for 4.5 hours. After the reaction solution was cooled to room temperature, hexane was added, and the precipitated solid was separated by suction filtration. The mixture was then washed with ethanol and vacuum dried at 40°C for 10 hours, yielding 141 mg (0.24 mmol, 48% yield) of compound C11. １ As a result of H-NMR measurement (see FIG. 21), the obtained solid powder was confirmed to be the target compound C11.

[0734] Example 10 10. Synthesis of Compound C12 A method for synthesizing Compound C12 is described below.

[0735]

[0736]

[0737] Precursor S5 (336 mg, 0.80 mmol) and 2-[3-cyano-4-methyl-5-phenyl-5-trifluoromethyl-2(5H)-furanylidene]propanedinitrile (303 mg, 0.96 mmol) were placed in a 100 mL round-bottom flask equipped with a Dimroth condenser, and ethanol (16 mL) was added to dissolve the mixture. The mixture was then stirred for 3 hours under a nitrogen atmosphere at 75°C using an aluminum heat block magnetic stirrer. After cooling the reaction solution to room temperature, hexane was added, and the precipitated solid was separated by suction filtration. The mixture was further washed with hexane and vacuum dried at 40°C for 10 hours, yielding 534 mg (0.75 mmol, 94% yield) of compound C12. １ As a result of H-NMR measurement (see FIG. 22), the obtained solid powder was confirmed to be the target compound C12.

[0738] Example 11 11. Synthesis of Compound C13 A method for synthesizing Compound C13 is described below.

[0739]

[0740]

[0741] A 100 mL round-bottom flask equipped with a Dimroth condenser and a side tube was charged with 5-(4-phenyl-2,3-dihydro-1,4-benzoxazin-7-yl)thiophene-2-carbaldehyde (0.50 mmol) and 1,3-bis(dicyanomethylidene)indane (0.60 mmol), and ethanol (8.0 mL) and tetrahydrofuran (THF) (2.0 mL) were added to dissolve the mixture. The mixture was then stirred for 4.5 hours under a nitrogen atmosphere at 75°C using an aluminum heat block magnetic stirrer. After cooling the reaction solution to room temperature, hexane was added, and the precipitated solid was separated by suction filtration. The solid was further washed with ethanol and vacuum dried at 40°C for 10 hours to obtain 242 mg (0.45 mmol, 89% yield) of compound C13. １ As a result of H-NMR measurement (see FIG. 23), the obtained solid powder was confirmed to be the target compound C13.

[0742] <Evaluation of Compounds Synthesized in Each Example> Compounds C1, C3, C4, and C6 to C13 (hereinafter collectively referred to as compounds C1 to C13) synthesized in Examples 1 to 11 above were evaluated as follows. In addition, NEO823 (Reference Example 1) manufactured by Tokyo Chemical Industry Co., Ltd. was evaluated as a reference compound as follows.

[0743] (Hyperpolarizability) The hyperpolarizability was calculated by quantum chemical calculation using Gaussian 16, a quantum chemical calculation program manufactured by Gaussian Inc., as described above.

[0744] <Preparation of Electro-Optical Film> The electro-optical film was prepared according to the following procedure.

[0745] Reference Example A1 0.2 g of a polycarbonate resin (x = 55, y = 45, Mw 86,000) represented by the following formula (PC-X) was added to 1.8 g of cyclopentanone (manufactured by Tokyo Chemical Industry Co., Ltd.) to prepare a 10 mass % polymer solution.

[0746]

[0747] 0.0214 g (0.029 mmol) of NEO823 (molecular weight 744.88, manufactured by Tokyo Chemical Industry Co., Ltd.), a compound serving as an organic dye, was added to 0.479 g of cyclopentanone (manufactured by Tokyo Chemical Industry Co., Ltd.), and the mixture was stirred at room temperature for 2 hours to prepare a compound solution serving as an organic dye solution. 0.5 g of the 10% by mass polymer solution prepared above was added to the prepared compound solution, thereby preparing a solution of a composition for forming an electro-optical film in which 0.575 mmol of the compound serving as an organic dye was dissolved per 1 g of polymer.

[0748] The solution of the composition for forming an electro-optical film prepared above was applied onto a hot plate before heating by spin coating (rotation speed 1000 rpm, 15 sec), and dried on a hot plate at 100°C for 10 minutes to produce an electro-optical film of Reference Example A1.

[0749] Examples A1 to A11 Electro-optical films of Examples A1 to A11 were prepared in the same manner as Reference Example A1, except that NEO823, a compound used as an organic dye, was replaced with one of the compounds C1 to C13 synthesized above. Compounds C1 to C13 are also used as organic dyes.

[0750] The structure of the compound NEO823 used as the organic dye in Reference Example A1 is represented by the following formula (Ref-A1).

[0751]

[0752] The structures of compounds C1 to C13 used as organic dyes in Examples A1 to A11 are shown below.

[0753]

[0754]

[0755]

[0756]

[0757] <Evaluation of Electro-Optical Film> (Maximum Absorption Wavelength λmax) The absorption spectra of the electro-optical films prepared in Examples A1 to A11 and Reference Example A1 were measured using SHIMADZU UV-3600 manufactured by Shimadzu Corporation, and the maximum absorption wavelength λmax was measured.

[0758] (Lightfastness Test) A lightfastness test was conducted on the electro-optical films prepared in Examples A1 to A11 and Reference Example A1. The lightfastness test was conducted in the same manner as described in the reference document (Photochemical Stability of Organic Electro-Optic Polymer at 1310-nm Wavelength, IEICE TRANS. ELECTRON., VOL. E106-C, NO. 6 JUNE 2023). A schematic diagram of the apparatus used for the measurement is shown in FIG. 24. The symbols shown in FIG. 24 are as follows:

[0759] 1: Degradation laser light source (FPL1053S, laser driver CLD1015 (manufactured by THORLABS)) 2: Probe laser light source (changed appropriately depending on the dye, laser driver CLD1010P (manufactured by THORLABS)) 3: Probe laser light source (for 600 nm to 780 nm, attenuator V600F (manufactured by THORLABS), or for 488 nm to 600 nm, attenuator V450F (manufactured by THORLABS)) 4: WDM coupler (WD6513B-SP-JP (manufactured by THORLABS)) 5: MFD conversion fiber ((UHNA3) (manufactured by deltafiber.jp Co., Ltd.)) 6: Integrating sphere (2P3 / M) 7: Photodiode (SM05PD3A (manufactured by THORLABS)) 8: Source meter (2612A (manufactured by KEITHLEY))

[0760] The laser light source used for the degradation test was a THORLABS FPL1053S (wavelength 1310 nm, 80 mW), and the laser light source used for the probe was a THORLABS LP730-SF15 (wavelength 730 nm) (note that the wavelength and intensity of the probe laser light source were changed appropriately depending on the compound used as the organic dye to be evaluated).

[0761] A sample for a light resistance test of an electro-optical film was prepared, and the prepared sample for light resistance test was continuously irradiated with a degradation laser light source (wavelength 1310 nm) at a laser light intensity of 80 mW at 85°C, and periodically switched to a probe laser light source, and the light transmitted through the sample was measured as a current value using a photodiode and a source meter. The current value before irradiation with the degradation laser light was defined as A0, and the current value after 120 minutes of irradiation was defined as A120, and the ratio of A120 to the current value A0 (A120 / A0) was calculated.

[0762]

[0763] All of the compounds C1, C3, C4, and C6 to C13 synthesized in Examples 1 to 11 exhibited hyperpolarizabilities and maximum absorption wavelengths suitable for use as electro-optical materials. －３０ eus or higher, they can be suitably applied as electro-optical materials. Furthermore, the electro-optical films of Examples A1 to A11 prepared using the compounds C1 to C13 synthesized in Examples 1 to 11 were shown to have excellent lightfastness. The results of the lightfastness test indicate that a smaller numerical value indicates better lightfastness. Since excellent lightfastness test results are thought to depend on the compounds C1 to C13, electro-optical elements including electro-optical films using the compounds C1 to C13 can be expected to exhibit excellent lightfastness. For example, when an electro-optical element is an element applied to optical communication technology, the compounds included in the element are required to be stable to light from the perspective of communication stability, etc. Therefore, electro-optical elements including electro-optical films using the compounds C1 to C13 can also be suitably applied as elements applied to optical communication technology. The numbers for Examples 1 to 11 correspond to the numbers for Examples A1 to A11, respectively.

[0764] [Additional Note] The gist of the present invention may also include the following configurations.

[0765] [Configuration 1-1] A compound having a donor moiety, a π-conjugated moiety, and an acceptor moiety, wherein the donor moiety is represented by the following formula (D1) or (D2):

[0766]

[0767] In the formula (D1) or (D2), the ring Dx and the ring Dy are each independently a five- or six-membered aromatic hydrocarbon ring, a five- or six-membered aliphatic hydrocarbon ring, or a five- or six-membered heterocyclic ring, and the ring Dx is Ｄ The ring Dy has one or more substituents R Ｄ or has a substituent R Ｄ m is a substituent R Ｄ is an integer of 1 or more, and n is the number of substituents R Ｄ is an integer of 0 or 1 or more, and the number of substituents R Ｄ are bonded to the ring Dx to form a substituted or unsubstituted monocyclic ring, or are bonded to the ring Dx to form a substituted or unsubstituted fused ring, or are not bonded to the ring Dx, and the substituent R of the ring Dy is Ｄ are bonded to the ring Dy to form a substituted or unsubstituted monocyclic ring, are bonded to the ring Dy to form a substituted or unsubstituted fused ring, or are not bonded to the ring Dy, and the ring Dx has two or more substituents R Ｄ When two or more adjacent substituents R Ｄ are bonded to each other to form a substituted or unsubstituted monocyclic ring, or are bonded to each other to form a substituted or unsubstituted fused ring, or are not bonded to each other, and the ring Dy is not a ring having two or more substituents R Ｄ When two or more adjacent substituents R Ｄ are bonded to each other to form a substituted or unsubstituted monocyclic ring, or are bonded to each other to form a substituted or unsubstituted fused ring, or are not bonded to each other, and the substituents R Ｄ are each independently -N(R １０１ ) (R １０２ a group represented by —Si(R １０３ ) (R １０４ ) (R １０５ a group represented by —C(═O)R １０６a substituted or unsubstituted alkyl group, a substituted or unsubstituted cycloalkyl group, a substituted or unsubstituted aryl group, or a substituted or unsubstituted heterocyclic group, １０１ , R １０２ , R １０３ , R １０４ , R １０５ and R １０６ are each independently a hydrogen atom, a substituted or unsubstituted alkyl group, a substituted or unsubstituted cycloalkyl group, a substituted or unsubstituted aryl group, or a substituted or unsubstituted heterocyclic group, provided that the substituents R Ｄ is one, and the one substituent R Ｄ -N (R １０１ ) (R １０２ ) when R １０１ and R １０２ are not hydrogen atoms or substituted or unsubstituted alkyl groups, １０１ If there are multiple R １０１ are the same or different from each other, R １０２ If there are multiple R １０２ are the same or different from each other, R １０３ If there are multiple R １０３ are the same or different from each other, R １０４ If there are multiple R １０４ are the same or different from each other, R １０５ If there are multiple R １０５ are the same or different from each other, R １０６ If there are multiple R １０６ are the same or different, and *d is the bonding position.

[0768] [Configuration 1-2] In the compound represented by formula (D1) or formula (D2), ring Dx and ring Dy are each independently a five- or six-membered aromatic hydrocarbon ring, or a five- or six-membered heterocyclic ring, The compound according to [Configuration 1-1].

[0769] [Configuration 1-3] The compound according to [Configuration 1-1] or [Configuration 1-2], wherein the donor moiety is represented by the following formula (D11), (D12), (D13), (D21), or (D22):

[0770]

[0771] (In the groups represented by the formulae (D11), (D12), (D13), (D21), and (D22), Z １１ , Z １２ , Z １３ , Z １４ , Z １６ and Z １９ are each independently C(R １００ ) and Z １５ , Z １７ and Z １８ are each independently an oxygen atom, a sulfur atom, or C═R １００ , N(R １１０ ), or C(R １１１ ) (R １１２ ) and Z ２１ , Z ２３ , and Z ２４ are each independently an oxygen atom, a sulfur atom, or N(R １１０ ), or C(R １１１ ) (R １１２ ) and Z ２２ is C(R １００ ) and R １１ , R １２ , R １００ , R １１０ , R １１１ , and R １１２ At least one pair of adjacent pairs of R are bonded to each other to form a substituted or unsubstituted monocyclic ring, or bonded to each other to form a substituted or unsubstituted fused ring, or are not bonded to each other, １３ , R １４ , R １００ , R １１０ , R １１１ , and R １１２At least one pair of adjacent pairs of R are bonded to each other to form a substituted or unsubstituted monocyclic ring, or bonded to each other to form a substituted or unsubstituted fused ring, or are not bonded to each other, １５ , R １６ , R １００ , R １１０ , R １１１ , and R １１２ At least one pair of adjacent pairs of R are bonded to each other to form a substituted or unsubstituted monocyclic ring, or bonded to each other to form a substituted or unsubstituted fused ring, or are not bonded to each other, ２３ , R ２４ , R １００ , R １１０ , R １１１ , and R １１２ At least one pair of adjacent pairs of R are bonded to each other to form a substituted or unsubstituted monocyclic ring, or bonded to each other to form a substituted or unsubstituted fused ring, or are not bonded to each other, ２５ , R ２６ , R １１０ , R １１１ , and R １１２ At least one pair of adjacent pairs of R are bonded to each other to form a substituted or unsubstituted monocycle, or bonded to each other to form a substituted or unsubstituted fused ring, or are not bonded to each other to form the substituted or unsubstituted monocycle and the substituted or unsubstituted fused ring. １１ ~R １６ , R ２３ ~R ２６ , R １００ , and R １１０ ~R １１２ are each independently a hydrogen atom, a substituted or unsubstituted alkyl group, a substituted or unsubstituted cycloalkyl group, a substituted or unsubstituted aryl group, a substituted or unsubstituted heterocyclic group, -N(R １０１ ) (R １０２ a group represented by —Si(R １０３ ) (R １０４ ) (R １０５), or a group represented by —C(R １０７ ) (R １０８ ) (R １０９ ) is a group represented by R １０１ ~R １０５ are R in the formula (D1), respectively. １０１ ~R １０５ is synonymous with R １０７ , R １０８ , and R １０９ are each independently a hydrogen atom, a substituted or unsubstituted alkyl group, a substituted or unsubstituted cycloalkyl group, a substituted or unsubstituted aryl group, or a substituted or unsubstituted heterocyclic group; R １０７ If there are multiple R １０７ are the same or different from each other, R １０８ If there are multiple R １０８ are the same or different from each other, R １０９ If there are multiple R １０９ are the same or different, and *d is the bonding position.

[0772] [Configuration 1-4] The compound according to any one of [Configuration 1-1] to [Configuration 1-3], wherein the donor moiety is a compound represented by the following formula (D111), (D112), (D113), (D121), (D122), (D123), or (D124):

[0773]

[0774] (In the groups represented by the formulae (D111), (D112), (D113), (D121), (D122), (D123), and (D124), R １１ ~R １５ At least one pair of adjacent pairs of R are bonded to each other to form a substituted or unsubstituted monocyclic ring, or bonded to each other to form a substituted or unsubstituted fused ring, or are not bonded to each other, ２１ ~R ２４At least one pair of adjacent pairs of R are bonded to each other to form a substituted or unsubstituted monocycle, or bonded to each other to form a substituted or unsubstituted fused ring, or are not bonded to each other to form the substituted or unsubstituted monocycle and the substituted or unsubstituted fused ring. １１ ~R １５ , and R ２１ ~R ２４ are each independently a hydrogen atom, N(R １０１ ) (R １０２ a group represented by Si(R １０３ ) (R １０４ ) (R １０５ a group represented by C(═O)R １０６ a substituted or unsubstituted alkyl group, a substituted or unsubstituted cycloalkyl group, a substituted or unsubstituted aryl group, or a substituted or unsubstituted heterocyclic group, and *d is the bonding position.

[0775] [Configuration 1-5] The compound according to any one of [Configuration 1-1] to [Configuration 1-4], wherein the donor moiety is represented by the following formula (D111-1A), (D111-1B), (D111-1C), (D111-1D), (D111-1E), (D111-1F), (D111-1G), or (D111-1H).

[0776]

[0777]

[0778] (In the formulae (D111-1A), (D111-1B), (D111-1C), (D111-1D), (D111-1E), (D111-1F), (D111-1G), and (D111-1H), R １１ ~R １３ , R １５ , R １７ , R １６１～ R １９１ , R １６１Ａ～ R １６４Ａare each independently a hydrogen atom, a substituted or unsubstituted alkyl group, a substituted or unsubstituted cycloalkyl group, a substituted or unsubstituted aryl group, a substituted or unsubstituted heterocyclic group, or —O(R １１３ ) is a group represented by R １１３ is a hydrogen atom, a substituted or unsubstituted alkyl group, a substituted or unsubstituted cycloalkyl group, a substituted or unsubstituted aryl group, or a substituted or unsubstituted heterocyclic group; R １１３ If there are multiple R １１３ are the same or different, and *d is the bonding position.

[0779] [Configuration 1-6] The compound according to any one of [Configuration 1-1] to [Configuration 1-5], wherein the donor moiety is represented by the following formula (D122-1), (D123-1A), or (D123-1B):

[0780]

[0781] (In the formulae (D122-1), (D123-1A), and (D123-1B), R ２２ , R ２３ , R ２６ , R ２７ , R ２８１ ~R ２８５ are each independently a hydrogen atom, a substituted or unsubstituted alkyl group, a substituted or unsubstituted cycloalkyl group, a substituted or unsubstituted aryl group, a substituted or unsubstituted heterocyclic group, or —O(R １１３ ) where *d is the bonding position.

[0782] [Configuration 1-7] The compound according to any one of [Configuration 1-1] to [Configuration 1-6], wherein the donor moiety is represented by the following formula (D123-2A), (D123-3A), or (D123-4A):

[0783]

[0784] (In the formulae (D123-2A), (D123-3A), and (D123-4A), R２１ , R ２８ , R ２９ , R ２８６ , R ２８７ , R ２８８ , R ２８９ , R ２９０ are each independently a hydrogen atom, a substituted or unsubstituted alkyl group, a substituted or unsubstituted cycloalkyl group, a substituted or unsubstituted aryl group, a substituted or unsubstituted heterocyclic group, or O(R １１３ ) where *d is the bonding position.

[0785] [Configuration 1-8] The compound according to any one of [Configuration 1-1] to [Configuration 1-7], wherein the donor moiety is represented by the following formula (D112-1) or (D121-1):

[0786]

[0787] (In the formulae (D112-1) and (D121-1), R １２ , R １３ , R ２１ , R ２４ , R ２１１ ~R ２１７ , and R ２９１ ~R ２９５ are each independently a hydrogen atom, a substituted or unsubstituted alkyl group, a substituted or unsubstituted cycloalkyl group, a substituted or unsubstituted aryl group, a substituted or unsubstituted heterocyclic group, or O(R １１３ ) where *d is the bonding position.

[0788] [Configuration 1-9] The compound according to any one of [Configuration 1-1] to [Configuration 1-8], represented by the following formula (1):

[0789]

[0790] (In the formula (1), D is the donor moiety, L is the π-conjugated moiety, and A is the acceptor moiety.)

[0791] [Configuration 1-10] The compound according to any one of [Configuration 1-1] to [Configuration 1-9], wherein the donor moiety is a group having electron-donating properties, and the acceptor moiety is a group having electron-withdrawing properties.

[0792] [Configuration 1-11] An electro-optical material containing an electro-optical compound and a host material, wherein the electro-optical compound is the compound according to any one of [Configuration 1-1] to [Configuration 1-10].

[0793] [Configuration 1-12] The electro-optical material according to [Configuration 1-11], wherein the host material is a polymer, and the electro-optical compound is bonded to the polymer serving as the host material.

[0794] [Configuration 1-13] The electro-optical material according to [Configuration 1-11], wherein the host material is a polymer, and the electro-optical compound is dispersed in the host material without being bonded to the polymer.

[0795] [Configuration 1-14] An electro-optical film comprising the compound according to any one of [Configuration 1-1] to [Configuration 1-10].

[0796] [Configuration 1-15] An electro-optical film comprising the electro-optical material according to any one of [Configuration 1-11] to [Configuration 1-13].

[0797] [Configuration 1-16] An electro-optical element comprising the compound according to any one of [Configuration 1-1] to [Configuration 1-10].

[0798] [Configuration 1-17] An electro-optical element comprising the electro-optical material according to any one of [Configuration 1-11] to [Configuration 1-13].

[0799] [Configuration 1-18] An electro-optical element comprising the electro-optical film according to [Configuration 1-14] or [Configuration 1-15].

[0800] The gist of the present invention may also include the following configurations.

[0801] [Configuration 2-1] A compound having a donor moiety, a π-conjugated moiety, and an acceptor moiety, wherein the acceptor moiety is represented by the following formula (A1) or (A2):

[0802]

[0803] (In the formula (A1), X Ａ１ and X Ａ２ are each independently O (oxygen atom) or C (CN) ２ where X Ａ１ and X Ａ２ One of the groups is O, and X Ａ１ and X Ａ２ The other is C (CN) ２ If X Ａ１ and X Ａ２ is directly bonded to a ring other than a five-membered ring, ring Ax is a substituted or unsubstituted monocyclic aromatic hydrocarbon ring, a substituted or unsubstituted polycyclic aromatic hydrocarbon ring, a substituted or unsubstituted monocyclic aliphatic hydrocarbon ring, a substituted or unsubstituted polycyclic aliphatic hydrocarbon ring, a substituted or unsubstituted monocyclic heterocyclic ring, or a substituted or unsubstituted polycyclic heterocyclic ring, and *a indicates the bonding position.

[0804]

[0805] (In the formula (A2), na represents the number of rings Ay, and na is an integer of 0 or 1 or more, １ , and ring Ay ２ are each independently a substituted or unsubstituted monocyclic aromatic hydrocarbon ring, a substituted or unsubstituted monocyclic aliphatic hydrocarbon ring, or a substituted or unsubstituted monocyclic heterocycle, and when na is 0, the ring Ay １ and Ring Ay ２ and are condensed together, and when na is an integer of 1 or more, ring Ay, ring Ay １ , and ring Ay ２ are each independently fused to an adjacent ring, and when na is an integer of 2 or more, the ring Ay １ and Ring Ay ２ and two or more rings Ay comprise a fused ring structure in which they are fused in series with adjacent rings, or comprise a fused ring structure in which they are branched and fused with adjacent rings, *a indicates a bonding position.

[0806] [Configuration 2-2] The compound according to [Configuration 2-1], wherein the acceptor moiety is represented by the following formula (A11) or (A12):

[0807]

[0808] (In the formulas (A11) and (A12), X Ａ１ and X Ａ２ are X in the formula (A1), respectively. Ａ１ and X Ａ２ and ring Ax １ , Ring Ax ２ , and ring Ax ３ are each independently a substituted or unsubstituted monocyclic aromatic hydrocarbon ring, a substituted or unsubstituted monocyclic aliphatic hydrocarbon ring, or a substituted or unsubstituted monocyclic heterocycle, and *a indicates a bonding position.

[0809] [Configuration 2-3] The compound according to [Configuration 2-1] or [Configuration 2-2], wherein the acceptor moiety is represented by the following formula (A11-1), formula (A11-2), or formula (A12-1):

[0810]

[0811] (In the formulae (A11-1) and (A11-2), R Ａ１ , R Ａ２ , R Ａ３ and R Ａ４ each independently represents a hydrogen atom, a halogen atom, a cyano group, a substituted or unsubstituted alkyl group, a substituted or unsubstituted aryl group, -NO ２ , —CHO, —CORx, —COORx, or —SO ２ Rx, and in the formula (A12-1), Z １ , Z ２ and Z ３ are each independently N(R Ａ５ ), C═O, or C(R Ａ６ ) (R Ａ７ ) and R Ａ５ , R Ａ６ and R Ａ７ each independently represents a hydrogen atom, a halogen atom, a cyano group, a substituted or unsubstituted alkyl group, a substituted or unsubstituted aryl group, -NO ２ , —CHO, —CORx, —COORx, or —SO ２Rx is a substituted or unsubstituted alkyl group, and when a plurality of Rx's are present, the plurality of Rx's are the same or different, and *a indicates the bonding position.

[0812] [Configuration 2-4] The compound according to any one of [Configuration 2-1] to [Configuration 2-3], wherein the acceptor moiety is represented by the following formula (A111-1), formula (A111-2), formula (A112-1), or formula (A121-1):

[0813]

[0814] (In the formulae (A111-1), (A111-2), (A112-1) and (A121-1), *a indicates the bonding position.)

[0815] [Configuration 2-5] The compound according to the above [Configuration 2-1], wherein n a in the formula (A2) is 1 or 2.

[0816] [Configuration 2-6] The compound according to [Configuration 2-1] or [Configuration 2-5], wherein the acceptor portion is represented by the following formula (A21) or formula (A22):

[0817]

[0818] (In the formula (A21), the ring Ay １ and ring Ay ２ respectively represent the ring Ay in the formula (A2). １ and ring Ay ２ and the ring Ay ３ has the same meaning as the ring Ay in the formula (A2), and in the formula (A22), １ and ring Ay ２ respectively represent the ring Ay in the formula (A2). １ and ring Ay ２ and the ring Ay ４ and ring Ay ５ are each independently defined as the ring Ay in formula (A2), and *a indicates the bonding position.

[0819] [Configuration 2-7] Ring Ay １ and ring Ay ２are each independently a nitrogen-containing ring, the compound according to any one of [Configuration 2-1], [Configuration 2-5] and [Configuration 2-6].

[0820] [Configuration 2-8] Ring Ay １ and ring Ay ２ are each independently a nitrogen-containing 6-membered ring, the compound according to any one of [Configuration 2-1], [Configuration 2-5], [Configuration 2-6] and [Configuration 2-7].

[0821] [Configuration 2-9] The acceptor moiety is represented by the following formula (A21-1) or formula (A22-1): [Configuration 2-1], [Configuration 2-5], [Configuration 2-6], [Configuration 2-7], and [Configuration 2-8].

[0822]

[0823] (In the formulae (A21-1) and (A22-1), R Ａ８ , R Ａ９ , R Ａ１０ , R Ａ１１ , R Ａ１２ , R Ａ１３ , R Ａ１４ and R Ａ１５ each independently represents a hydrogen atom, a halogen atom, a cyano group, a substituted or unsubstituted alkyl group, a substituted or unsubstituted aryl group, -NO ２ , —CHO, —CORx, —COORx, or —SO ２ Rx is a substituted or unsubstituted alkyl group, and when a plurality of Rx's are present, the plurality of Rx's are the same or different, and *a indicates the bonding position.

[0824] [Configuration 2-10] The acceptor moiety is represented by the following formula (A211-1) or formula (A221-1): [Configuration 2-1], [Configuration 2-5], [Configuration 2-6], [Configuration 2-7], [Configuration 2-8], and [Configuration 2-9].

[0825]

[0826] (In the formulas (A211-1) and (A221-1), *a indicates the bonding position.)

[0827] [Configuration 2-11] The compound according to any one of [Configuration 2-1], [Configuration 2-5] and [Configuration 2-6], wherein the acceptor moiety is represented by the following formula (A21-2):

[0828]

[0829] (In the formula (A21-2), ma represents R bonded to the ring.) Ａ２０ represents the number of R Ａ２０ are the same or different from each other, R Ａ２０ , R Ａ２１ , R Ａ２２ , R Ａ２３ and R Ａ２４ each independently represents a hydrogen atom, a halogen atom, a cyano group, a substituted or unsubstituted alkyl group, a substituted or unsubstituted aryl group, -NO ２ , —CHO, —CORx, —COORx, or —SO ２ Rx is a substituted or unsubstituted alkyl group, and when a plurality of Rx's are present, the plurality of Rx's are the same or different, and *a indicates the bonding position.

[0830] [Configuration 2-12] The compound according to any one of [Configuration 2-1], [Configuration 2-5], [Configuration 2-6] and [Configuration 2-11], wherein the acceptor portion is represented by the following formula (A212-1):

[0831]

[0832] (In the formula (A212-1), R Ａ２１ , R Ａ２２ , R Ａ２３ , R Ａ２４ , R Ａ２５ , R Ａ２７ and R Ａ２８ each independently represents a hydrogen atom, a halogen atom, a cyano group, a substituted or unsubstituted alkyl group, a substituted or unsubstituted aryl group, -NO ２ , —CHO, —CORx, —COORx, or —SO ２Rx is a substituted or unsubstituted alkyl group, and when a plurality of Rx's are present, the plurality of Rx's are the same or different, and *a indicates the bonding position.

[0833] [Configuration 2-13] The acceptor moiety is a nitrogen-containing ring, CN, C═O, and C═C(CN) ２ The compound according to any one of [Configuration 2-1] to [Configuration 2-12], having at least one structure selected from the group consisting of:

[0834] [Configuration 2-14] The compound according to any one of [Configuration 2-1] to [Configuration 2-13], represented by the following formula (1):

[0835]

[0836] (In the formula (1), D is the donor moiety, L is the π-conjugated moiety, and A is the acceptor moiety.)

[0837] [Configuration 2-15] The compound according to any one of [Configuration 2-1] to [Configuration 2-14], wherein the donor moiety is a group having electron-donating properties, and the acceptor moiety is a group having electron-withdrawing properties.

[0838] [Configuration 2-16] An electro-optical material containing an electro-optical compound and a host material, wherein the electro-optical compound is the compound according to any one of [Configuration 2-1] to [Configuration 2-15].

[0839] [Configuration 2-17] The electro-optical material according to [Configuration 2-16], wherein the host material is a polymer, and the electro-optical compound is bonded to the polymer serving as the host material.

[0840] [Configuration 2-18] The electro-optical material according to [Configuration 2-16], wherein the host material is a polymer, and the electro-optical compound is dispersed in the host material without being bonded to the polymer.

[0841] [Configuration 2-19] An electro-optical film comprising the compound according to any one of [Configuration 2-1] to [Configuration 2-15].

[0842] [Configuration 2-20] An electro-optical film comprising the electro-optical material according to any one of [Configuration 2-16] to [Configuration 2-18].

[0843] [Configuration 2-21] An electro-optical element comprising the compound according to any one of [Configuration 2-1] to [Configuration 2-15].

[0844] [Configuration 2-22] An electro-optical element comprising the electro-optical material according to any one of [Configuration 2-16] to [Configuration 2-18].

[0845] [Configuration 2-23] An electro-optical element comprising the electro-optical film according to [Configuration 2-19] or [Configuration 2-20].

[0846] Furthermore, the subject matter of the present invention may also include the following configurations.

[0847] [Configuration 3-1] A compound having a donor moiety, a π-conjugated moiety, and an acceptor moiety, wherein the π-conjugated moiety is represented by the following formula (P1), (P2), or (P3).

[0848]

[0849] In the formulae (P1), (P2), and (P3), the ring Px is Ｐ a monocyclic aromatic hydrocarbon ring having one or more substituents R Ｐ a substituted or unsubstituted monocyclic heterocyclic ring, or a substituted or unsubstituted polycyclic heterocyclic ring, Ｐ is an integer of 0 or 1 or more, and the number of substituents R Ｐ is a substituted or unsubstituted alkyl group, a substituted or unsubstituted cycloalkyl group, a substituted or unsubstituted aryl group, a substituted or unsubstituted heterocyclic group, N(R １０１ ) (R １０２ a group represented by Si(R １０３ ) (R １０４ ) (R １０５ ), a group represented by C(R １０６ ) (R１０７ ) (R １０８ ), or a group represented by O(R １０９ ) wherein the ring Px is a monocyclic aromatic hydrocarbon ring, a monocyclic aliphatic hydrocarbon ring, or a group having one or more substituents R Ｐ In the case of a monocyclic heterocycle having the substituent R Ｐ At least one of the groups is -O-R Ｐ１ is a group represented by R Ｐ１ is a substituted or unsubstituted alkyl group or a substituted or unsubstituted aryl group, and when the ring Px is a naphthalene ring, the naphthalene ring as the ring Px has at least one —O—R Ｐ１ and R Ｐ１ is a substituted or unsubstituted alkyl group or a substituted or unsubstituted aryl group, and the ring Px is one or more substituents R Ｐ When ring Px is a monocyclic heterocycle not having any of the above, the monocyclic heterocycle contains two or more heteroatoms as ring-forming atoms; when ring Px is a polycyclic heterocycle, at least one ring contains two or more heteroatoms as ring-forming atoms; g, h, j, and k are each independently 0, 1, 2, or 3; and *1 and *2 each represent a bonding position.

[0850] [Configuration 3-2] The compound according to [Configuration 3-1], wherein the π-conjugated portion is represented by the following formula (P11-1), (P12-1), (P13-1), (P14-1), or (P15-1):

[0851]

[0852] (In the formulae (P11-1), (P12-1), (P13-1), (P14-1), and (P15-1), p, q, r, and s are integers of 1 or more, and Z １ , Z ２ , Z ３ , Z ４ , Z ７ and Z ８ are each independently １００ ), or a nitrogen atom, and a plurality of R １００ are the same or different from each other, and Z５ and Z ６ are each independently an oxygen atom, a sulfur atom, or N(R １１０ ), or C(R １１１ ) (R １１２ ) and R １００ , R １０Ａ , R １０Ｂ , R １０Ｃ , R １０Ｄ , R １０Ｅ、 and R １０Ｆ At least one pair of adjacent pairs of R are bonded to each other to form a substituted or unsubstituted monocycle, or bonded to each other to form a substituted or unsubstituted fused ring, or are not bonded to each other to form the substituted or unsubstituted monocycle and the substituted or unsubstituted fused ring. １００ , R １０Ａ , R １０Ｂ , R １０Ｃ , R １０Ｄ , R １０Ｅ、 and R １０Ｆ are each independently a hydrogen atom, a substituted or unsubstituted alkyl group, a substituted or unsubstituted cycloalkyl group, a substituted or unsubstituted aryl group, a substituted or unsubstituted heterocyclic group, N(R １０１ ) (R １０２ a group represented by Si(R １０３ ) (R １０４ ) (R １０５ ), a group represented by C(R １０６ ) (R １０７ ) (R １０８ ), or a group represented by O(R １０９ ) is a group represented by R １０１ , R １０２ , R １０３ , R １０４ , R １０５ , R １０６ , R １０７ , R １０８ , R １０９ , R １１０ R １１１ , and R １１２are each independently a hydrogen atom, a substituted or unsubstituted alkyl group, a substituted or unsubstituted cycloalkyl group, a substituted or unsubstituted aryl group, or a substituted or unsubstituted heterocyclic group; R １０１ If there are multiple R １０１ are the same or different from each other, R １０２ If there are multiple R １０２ are the same or different from each other, R １０３ If there are multiple R １０３ are the same or different from each other, R １０４ If there are multiple R １０４ are the same or different from each other, R １０５ If there are multiple R １０５ are the same or different from each other, R １０６ If there are multiple R １０６ are the same or different from each other, R １０７ If there are multiple R １０７ are the same or different from each other, R １０８ If there are multiple R １０８ are the same or different from each other, R １０９ If there are multiple R １０９ are the same or different from each other, R １１０ If there are multiple R １１０ are the same or different from each other, R １１１ If there are multiple R １１１ are the same or different from each other, R １１２ If there are multiple R １１２ are the same or different from one another, and g, h, and k each independently represent 0, 1, 2, or 3, provided that in formula (P11-1), when p is 1, R １０Ａ is -O(R １０９ ) and when p is 2 or more, R １０Ａ At least one of the groups is -O(R １０９) is a group represented by R １０９ represents a substituted or unsubstituted alkyl group or a substituted or unsubstituted aryl group, and in the formula (P12-1), when q is 1, R １０Ｂ is -O(R １０９ ) and when q is 2 or more, R １０Ｂ At least one of O(R １０９ ) is a group represented by R １０９ represents a substituted or unsubstituted alkyl group or a substituted or unsubstituted aryl group, and in the formula (P13-1), Z １ , Z ２ , Z ３ and Z ４ But C(R １００ ), then R １０Ｃ , R １０Ｄ and the four R's １００ At least one of the groups is -O(R １０９ ) is a group represented by R １０９ represents a substituted or unsubstituted alkyl group or a substituted or unsubstituted aryl group, and in the formula (P15-1), Z ７ and Z ８ But C(R １００ ), then two R １００ At least one of the groups is -O(R １０９ ) is a group represented by R １０９ represents a substituted or unsubstituted alkyl group or a substituted or unsubstituted aryl group, and *1 and *2 represent bonding positions.

[0853] [Configuration 3-3] The compound according to [Configuration 3-1] or [Configuration 3-2], wherein the π-conjugated portion is represented by the following formula (P11-1A), (P12-1A), (P13-1A), (P13-1B), (P14-1A), (P14-1B), (P15-1A), or (P15-1B).

[0854]

[0855] (In the formulae (P11-1A), (P12-1A), (P13-1A), (P13-1B), (P14-1A), (P14-1B), (P15-1A), and (P15-1B), R１０ ~R ３４ , R ５１１ , and R ５１２ At least one pair of adjacent pairs of R are bonded to each other to form a substituted or unsubstituted monocycle, or bonded to each other to form a substituted or unsubstituted fused ring, or are not bonded to each other to form the substituted or unsubstituted monocycle and the substituted or unsubstituted fused ring. １０ ~R ３４ , R ５１１ , and R ５１２ are each independently a hydrogen atom, a substituted or unsubstituted alkyl group, a substituted or unsubstituted cycloalkyl group, a substituted or unsubstituted aryl group, a substituted or unsubstituted heterocyclic group, -N(R １０１ ) (R １０２ a group represented by —Si(R １０３ ) (R １０４ ) (R １０５ ), a group represented by —C(R １０６ ) (R １０７ ) (R １０８ ), or a group represented by —O(R １０９ ) wherein, in formula (P11-1A), R １０ ~R １３ At least one of the groups is -O(R １０９ ) is a group represented by R １０９ represents a substituted or unsubstituted alkyl group or a substituted or unsubstituted aryl group, and in the formula (P12-1A), R １４ ~R ２０ At least one of the groups is -O(R １０９ ) is a group represented by R １０９ represents a substituted or unsubstituted alkyl group or a substituted or unsubstituted aryl group, and in the formula (P13-1A), R ２１ ~R ２６ At least one of the groups is -O(R １０９ ) is a group represented by R １０９ represents a substituted or unsubstituted alkyl group or a substituted or unsubstituted aryl group, and in the formula (P15-1A), R３３ ~R ３４ At least one of the groups is -O(R １０９ ) is a group represented by R １０９ represents a substituted or unsubstituted alkyl group or a substituted or unsubstituted aryl group, and *1 and *2 represent bonding positions.

[0856] [Configuration 3-4] The compound according to any one of [Configuration 3-1] to [Configuration 3-3], which is represented by the following formula (1):

[0857]

[0858] (In the formula (1), D is the donor moiety, L is the π-conjugated moiety, and A is the acceptor moiety.)

[0859] [Configuration 3-5] The compound according to any one of [Configuration 3-1] to [Configuration 3-4], wherein the donor moiety is a group having electron-donating properties, and the acceptor moiety is a group having electron-withdrawing properties.

[0860] [Configuration 3-6] An electro-optical material containing an electro-optical compound and a host material, wherein the electro-optical compound is the compound according to any one of [Configuration 3-1] to [Configuration 3-5].

[0861] [Configuration 3-7] The electro-optical material according to [Configuration 3-6], wherein the host material is a polymer, and the electro-optical compound is bonded to the polymer serving as the host material.

[0862] [Configuration 3-8] The electro-optical material according to [Configuration 3-6], wherein the host material is a polymer, and the electro-optical compound is dispersed in the host material without being bonded to the polymer.

[0863] [Configuration 3-9] An electro-optical film comprising the compound according to any one of [Configuration 3-1] to [Configuration 3-5].

[0864] [Configuration 3-10] An electro-optical film comprising the electro-optical material according to any one of [Configuration 3-6] to [Configuration 3-8].

[0865] [Configuration 3-11] An electro-optical element comprising the compound according to any one of [Configuration 3-1] to [Configuration 3-5].

[0866] [Configuration 3-12] An electro-optical element comprising the electro-optical material according to any one of [Configuration 3-6] to [Configuration 3-8].

[0867] [Configuration 3-13] An electro-optical element comprising the electro-optical film according to [Configuration 3-9] or [Configuration 3-10].

Claims

1. A compound having a donor moiety, a π-conjugated moiety, and an acceptor moiety, which satisfies at least one selected from the group consisting of the following conditions (I), (II), and (III). Condition (I): The donor moiety is a compound represented by the following formula (D1) or formula (D2). Condition (II): The acceptor moiety is a compound represented by the following formula (A1) or formula (A2). Condition (III): The π-conjugated moiety is a compound represented by the following formula (P1), formula (P2), or formula (P3). (In the formula (D1) or formula (D2), ring Dx and ring Dy are each independently a five-membered or six-membered aromatic hydrocarbon ring, a five-membered or six-membered aliphatic hydrocarbon ring, or a five-membered or six-membered heterocyclic ring. Ring Dx has one or more substituents R Ｄ and ring Dy has one or more substituents R Ｄ or has no substituent R Ｄ . m is the number of substituents R Ｄ that ring Dx has and is an integer of 1 or more. n is the number of substituents R Ｄ that ring Dy has and is 0 or an integer of 1 or more. The substituent R Ｄ that ring Dx has either binds to ring Dx to form a substituted or unsubstituted monocyclic ring, binds to ring Dx to form a substituted or unsubstituted condensed ring, or does not bind to ring Dx. The substituent R Ｄ that ring Dy has either binds to ring Dy to form a substituted or unsubstituted monocyclic ring, binds to ring Dy to form a substituted or unsubstituted condensed ring, or does not bind to ring Dy. When ring Dx has two or more substituents R Ｄ , one or more sets of two or more adjacent substituents R Ｄ either bind to each other to form a substituted or unsubstituted monocyclic ring, bind to each other to form a substituted or unsubstituted condensed ring, or do not bind to each other. When ring Dy has two or more substituents R Ｄ , one or more sets of two or more adjacent substituents R Ｄ One or more sets of the group consisting of are bonded to each other to form a substituted or unsubstituted monocyclic ring, are bonded to each other to form a substituted or unsubstituted fused ring, or are not bonded to each other, and the substituents R that rings Dx and Dy have Ｄ are each independently a group represented by -N(R １０１ )(R １０２ ), a group represented by -Si(R １０３ )(R １０４ )(R １０５ ), a group represented by -C(=O)R １０６ , a group represented by -C(R １０７ )(R １０８ )(R １０９ ), a group represented by -O(R １１３ ), a substituted or unsubstituted alkyl group, a substituted or unsubstituted cycloalkyl group, a substituted or unsubstituted aryl group, or a substituted or unsubstituted heterocyclic group, and R １０１ , R １０２ , R １０３ , R １０４ , R １０５ , R １０６ , R １０７ , R １０８ , R １０９ , and R １１３ are each independently a hydrogen atom, a substituted or unsubstituted alkyl group, a substituted or unsubstituted cycloalkyl group, a substituted or unsubstituted aryl group, or a substituted or unsubstituted heterocyclic group, provided that when the substituent R Ｄ that rings Dx and Dy have is one, and the one substituent R Ｄ is a group represented by -N(R １０１ )(R １０２ ), R １０１ and R １０２ are not a hydrogen atom or a substituted or unsubstituted alkyl group with each other, and when the substituent R Ｄ that ring Dx has is two, and one of the two substituents R Ｄ is a group represented by -N(R １０１ )(R １０２ ), the other is -O(R １１３ is not a group represented by, and R １０１ When there are a plurality of them, the plurality of Rs １０１ are the same as or different from each other, and when there are a plurality of Rs １０２ When there are a plurality of them, the plurality of Rs １０２ are the same as or different from each other, and when there are a plurality of Rs １０３ When there are a plurality of them, the plurality of Rs １０３ are the same as or different from each other, and when there are a plurality of Rs １０４ When there are a plurality of them, the plurality of Rs １０４ are the same as or different from each other, and when there are a plurality of Rs １０５ When there are a plurality of them, the plurality of Rs １０５ are the same as or different from each other, and when there are a plurality of Rs １０６ When there are a plurality of them, the plurality of Rs １０６ are the same as or different from each other, and when there are a plurality of Rs １０７ When there are a plurality of them, the plurality of Rs １０７ are the same as or different from each other, and when there are a plurality of Rs １０８ When there are a plurality of them, the plurality of Rs １０８ are the same as or different from each other, and when there are a plurality of Rs １０９ When there are a plurality of them, the plurality of Rs １０９ are the same as or different from each other, and when there are a plurality of Rs １１３ When there are a plurality of them, the plurality of Rs １１３ are the same as or different from each other, *d is the bonding position.) (In the formula (A1), X Ａ１ and X Ａ２ are each independently O (oxygen atom) or C(CN) ２ and, provided that one of X Ａ１ and X Ａ２ is O, and the other of X Ａ１ and X Ａ２ is C(CN) ２ in the case where is, X Ａ１ and X Ａ２ The ring directly bonded is not a 5-membered ring. Ring Ax is a substituted or unsubstituted monocyclic aromatic hydrocarbon ring, a substituted or unsubstituted polycyclic aromatic hydrocarbon ring, a substituted or unsubstituted monocyclic aliphatic hydrocarbon ring, a substituted or unsubstituted polycyclic aliphatic hydrocarbon ring, a substituted or unsubstituted monocyclic heterocyclic ring, or a substituted or unsubstituted polycyclic heterocyclic ring. *a indicates the bonding position.) (In the above formula (A2), na represents the number of rings Ay, and na is an integer of 0 or 1 or more. Rings Ay, rings Ay １ , and rings Ay ２ are each independently a substituted or unsubstituted monocyclic aromatic hydrocarbon ring, a substituted or unsubstituted monocyclic aliphatic hydrocarbon ring, or a substituted or unsubstituted monocyclic heterocyclic ring. When na is 0, rings Ay １ and rings Ay ２ are fused. When na is an integer of 1 or more, rings Ay, rings Ay １ , and rings Ay ２ are each independently fused with an adjacent ring. When na is an integer of 2 or more, rings Ay １ and rings Ay ２ and two or more rings Ay include a condensed ring structure in which they are fused in series with an adjacent ring or a condensed ring structure in which they are fused in a branched manner with an adjacent ring. *a indicates the bonding position.) (In the above formulas (P1), (P2), and (P3), ring Px is a monocyclic aromatic hydrocarbon ring having one or more substituents R Ｐ , a substituted or unsubstituted polycyclic aromatic hydrocarbon ring, a monocyclic aliphatic hydrocarbon ring having one or more substituents R Ｐ , a substituted or unsubstituted polycyclic aliphatic hydrocarbon ring, a substituted or unsubstituted monocyclic heterocyclic ring, or a substituted or unsubstituted polycyclic heterocyclic ring. m is the number of substituents R Ｐ and is an integer of 0 or 1 or more. Substituent R Ｐ is a group represented by a substituted or unsubstituted alkyl group, a substituted or unsubstituted cycloalkyl group, a substituted or unsubstituted aryl group, a substituted or unsubstituted heterocyclic group, -N(R １０１ )(R １０２ ), a group represented by -Si(R １０３ )(R １０４ )(R １０５ ), a group represented by -C(R １０６ )(R １０７ )(R １０８ ), or a group represented by -O(R １０９ ), where R １０１ , R １０２ , R １０３ , R １０４ , R １０５ , R １０６ , R １０７ , R １０８ , and R １０９ are each independently a hydrogen atom, a substituted or unsubstituted alkyl group, a substituted or unsubstituted cycloalkyl group, a substituted or unsubstituted aryl group, or a substituted or unsubstituted heterocyclic group. When there are a plurality of R １０１ , the plurality of R １０１ may be the same as or different from each other. When there are a plurality of R １０２ , the plurality of R １０２ may be the same as or different from each other. When there are a plurality of R １０３ , the plurality of R １０３ may be the same as or different from each other. When there are a plurality of R １０４ , the plurality of R １０４ may be the same as or different from each other. When there are a plurality of R １０５ , the plurality of R １０５ may be the same as or different from each other. When there are a plurality of R １０６ , the plurality of R １０６ may be the same as or different from each other. When there are a plurality of R １０７ , the plurality of R １０７ may be the same as or different from each other. When there are a plurality of R １０８ , the plurality of R １０８ are the same as or different from each other, and R １０９ When there are a plurality of them, the plurality of Rs １０９ are the same as or different from each other. However, when the ring Px is a monocyclic aromatic hydrocarbon ring, a monocyclic aliphatic hydrocarbon ring, or a monocyclic heterocyclic ring having one or more substituents R Ｐ in the case of a monocyclic heterocyclic ring having one or more substituents R Ｐ at least one of them is a group represented by -O-R Ｐ１ wherein R Ｐ１ is a substituted or unsubstituted alkyl group or a substituted or unsubstituted aryl group. When the ring Px is a naphthalene ring, the naphthalene ring as the ring Px has at least one group represented by -O-R Ｐ１ wherein R Ｐ１ is a substituted or unsubstituted alkyl group or a substituted or unsubstituted aryl group. When the ring Px is a monocyclic heterocyclic ring having no substituents R Ｐ the monocyclic heterocyclic ring contains two or more heteroatoms as ring-forming atoms. When the ring Px is a polycyclic heterocyclic ring, at least one ring contains one or more heteroatoms as ring-forming atoms. g, h, j, and k are each independently 0, 1, 2, or 3, and *1 and *2 each represent a bonding position.) 2. The donor part is the compound according to claim 1, which is represented by the formula (D1) or formula (D2).

3. In the formula (D1) or formula (D2), the ring Dx and the ring Dy are each independently a five-membered or six-membered aromatic hydrocarbon ring, or a five-membered or six-membered heterocyclic ring, and the compound is according to claim 1 or 2.

4. The donor part is the compound according to any one of claims 1 to 3, represented by the following formula (D11), (D12), (D13), (D21), or (D22). (In the groups represented by the formula (D11), (D12), (D13), (D21), and (D22), Z １１ , Z １２ , Z １３ , Z １４ , Z １６ and Z １９ are each independently C(R １００ ), and Z １５ , Z １７ and Z １８ are each independently: - an oxygen atom, - a sulfur atom, - C=R １００ , - N(R １１０ ), or - C(R １１１ )(R １１２ ), and Z ２１ , Z ２３ , and Z ２４ are each independently: - an oxygen atom, - a sulfur atom, - N(R １１０ ), or - C(R １１１ )(R １１２ ), and Z ２２ is C(R １００ ), and one or more of the pairs consisting of two or more adjacent ones of R １１ , R １２ , R １００ , R １１０ , R １１１ , and R １１２ are: - bonded to each other to form a substituted or unsubstituted monocyclic ring, - bonded to each other to form a substituted or unsubstituted fused ring, or - not bonded to each other, and one or more of the pairs consisting of two or more adjacent ones of R １３ , R １４ , R １００ , R １１０ , R １１１ , and R １１２ are: - bonded to each other to form a substituted or unsubstituted monocyclic ring, - bonded to each other to form a substituted or unsubstituted fused ring, or - not bonded to each other, and R １５ , R １６ , R １００ , R １１０ , R １１１ , and R １１２ One or more sets of two or more adjacent ones among them are combined with each other to form a substituted or unsubstituted monocyclic ring, or combined with each other to form a substituted or unsubstituted condensed ring, or not combined with each other, R ２３ , R ２４ , R １００ , R １１０ , R １１１ , and R １１２ One or more sets of two or more adjacent ones among them are combined with each other to form a substituted or unsubstituted monocyclic ring, or combined with each other to form a substituted or unsubstituted condensed ring, or not combined with each other, R ２５ , R ２６ , R １１０ , R １１１ , and R １１２ One or more sets of two or more adjacent ones among them are combined with each other to form a substituted or unsubstituted monocyclic ring, or combined with each other to form a substituted or unsubstituted condensed ring, or not combined with each other, and do not form the substituted or unsubstituted monocyclic ring and do not form the substituted or unsubstituted condensed ring R １１ ~R １６ , R ２３ ~R ２６ , R １００ , and R １１０ ~R １１２ are each independently a hydrogen atom, a substituted or unsubstituted alkyl group, a substituted or unsubstituted cycloalkyl group, a substituted or unsubstituted aryl group, a substituted or unsubstituted heterocyclic group, -N(R １０１ )(R １０２ ) group, -Si(R １０３ )(R １０４ )(R １０５ ) group, -C(R １０７ )(R １０８ )(R １０９ ) group, or -O(R １１３ ) group, *d is the bonding position.) 5. The donor part is a compound represented by the following formula (D111), (D112), (D113), (D121), (D122), (D123), or (D124). The compound according to any one of claims 1 to 4. (In the groups represented by the formula (D111), (D112), (D113), (D121), (D122), (D123), and (D124), R １１ ~R １５ One or more sets of two or more adjacent ones among them are bonded to each other to form a substituted or unsubstituted monocyclic ring, or bonded to each other to form a substituted or unsubstituted condensed ring, or not bonded to each other. R ２０ ~R ２４ One or more sets of two or more adjacent ones among them are bonded to each other to form a substituted or unsubstituted monocyclic ring, or bonded to each other to form a substituted or unsubstituted condensed ring, or not bonded to each other. The R that does not form the substituted or unsubstituted monocyclic ring and does not form the substituted or unsubstituted condensed ring １１ ~R １５ 、and R ２０ ~R ２４ are each independently a hydrogen atom, a group represented by -N(R １０１ )(R １０２ ), a group represented by -Si(R １０３ )(R １０４ )(R １０５ ), a group represented by -C(=O)R １０６ , a group represented by -O(R １１３ ), a substituted or unsubstituted alkyl group, a substituted or unsubstituted cycloalkyl group, a substituted or unsubstituted aryl group, or a substituted or unsubstituted heterocyclic group. *d is the bonding position.) 6. The donor part is a compound according to any one of claims 1 to 5, represented by the following formula (D111-1A), (D111-1B), (D111-1C), (D111-1D), (D111-1E), (D111-1F), (D111-1G), or (D111-1H). (In the formulas (D111-1A), (D111-1B), (D111-1C), (D111-1D), (D111-1E), (D111-1F), (D111-1G), and (D111-1H), １１ R １３ to R １５ and R １７ R １６１～ R １９１ R １６１Ａ～ R １６４Ａ are each independently a hydrogen atom, a substituted or unsubstituted alkyl group, a substituted or unsubstituted cycloalkyl group, a substituted or unsubstituted aryl group, or a substituted or unsubstituted heterocyclic group, and R １１３ is a group represented by -O(R １１３ ), and *d is the bonding position.) 7. The donor part is a compound according to any one of claims 1 to 6, represented by the following formula (D122-1), (D123-1A), or (D123-1B). (In the formulas (D122-1), (D123-1A), and (D123-1B), R ２２ , R ２３ , R ２６ , and R ２７ are each independently a hydrogen atom, a substituted or unsubstituted alkyl group, a substituted or unsubstituted cycloalkyl group, a substituted or unsubstituted aryl group, a substituted or unsubstituted heterocyclic group, or a group represented by -O(R １１３ ), and one or more sets of two or more adjacent ones among R ２８１ , R ２８２ , R ２８３ , R ２８４ , and R ２８５ are bonded to each other to form a substituted or unsubstituted monocyclic ring, bonded to each other to form a substituted or unsubstituted condensed ring, or not bonded to each other, and R ２８１ to R ２８５ , which do not form the substituted or unsubstituted monocyclic ring and do not form the substituted or unsubstituted condensed ring, are each independently a hydrogen atom, a substituted or unsubstituted alkyl group, a substituted or unsubstituted cycloalkyl group, a substituted or unsubstituted aryl group, a substituted or unsubstituted heterocyclic group, a group represented by -N(R １０１ )(R １０２ ), or a group represented by -O(R １１３ ), and *d is the bonding position.) 8. The donor part is the compound according to any one of claims 1 to 7, which is represented by the following formula (D123-2A), (D123-3A), or (D123-4A). (In the formulas (D123-2A), (D123-3A), and (D123-4A), ２１ R ２８ R ２９ R ２８６ R ２８７ R ２８８ R ２８９ and R ２９０ are each independently a hydrogen atom, a substituted or unsubstituted alkyl group, a substituted or unsubstituted cycloalkyl group, a substituted or unsubstituted aryl group, a substituted or unsubstituted heterocyclic group, or a group represented by -O(R １１３ ), and *d is the bonding position.) 9. The donor part is the compound according to any one of claims 1 to 8, represented by the following formula (D112-1) or (D121-1). (In the formulas (D112-1) and (D121-1), １２ R １３ R ２１ R ２４ R ２１１ to R ２１３ R ２１５ to R ２１７ and R ２９１ to R ２９５ are each independently a hydrogen atom, a substituted or unsubstituted alkyl group, a substituted or unsubstituted cycloalkyl group, a substituted or unsubstituted aryl group, a substituted or unsubstituted heterocyclic group, or a group represented by -O(R １１３ ), and *d is the bonding position.) 10. The donor part is the compound according to claim 5, which is represented by the formula (D111).

11. R in the formula (D111) １１ to R １５ are each independently a hydrogen atom or a group represented by -O(R １１３ ), provided that at least one is a group represented by -O(R １１３ ), the compound according to claim 10.

12. The donor part is the compound according to claim 7, which is represented by the formula (D123-1B).

13. R in the formula (D123-1B) ２８１ ~R ２８５ are each independently a hydrogen atom, a group represented by -N(R １０１ )(R １０２ ), or a group represented by -O(R １１３ ), the compound according to claim 12.

14. R in the formula (D123-1B) ２８１ ~R ２８５ At least one of which is a group represented by -O(R １１３ ), The compound according to claim 12 or 13.

15. R in the formula (D123-1B) ２８１ ~R ２８５ Among them, three are groups represented by -O(R １１３ ), and the remaining two are hydrogen atoms. The compound according to any one of claims 12 to 14.

16. R in the formula (D123-1B) ２８３ is a group represented by -O(R １１３ ), one of R ２８１ and R ２８２ is a group represented by -O(R １１３ ), the other of R ２８１ and R ２８２ is a hydrogen atom, one of R ２８４ and R ２８５ is a group represented by -O(R １１３ ), the other of R ２８４ and R ２８５ is a hydrogen atom, the compound according to any one of claims 12 to 15.

17. R in the formula (D123-1B) ２８１ ~R ２８５ When at least one selected from the group consisting of is a group represented by -O(R １１３ ), R ２８１ ~R ２８５ In R １１３ is a substituted or unsubstituted alkyl group having 1 to 5 carbon atoms. The compound according to any one of claims 12 to 16.

18. R in the formula (D123-1B) ２８１ ~R ２８５ Among them, one is a group represented by -N(R １０１ )(R １０２ ), and the remaining four are hydrogen atoms. The compound according to claim 12.

19. The acceptor part is the compound according to any one of claims 1 to 18, which is represented by the formula (A1) or formula (A2).

20. The acceptor part is a compound according to any one of claims 1 to 19, represented by the following formula (A11) or formula (A12). (In the above formulas (A11) and (A12), X Ａ１ and X Ａ２ are respectively synonymous with X Ａ１ and X Ａ２ in the above formula (A1), and ring Ax １ , ring Ax ２ , and ring Ax ３ are each independently a substituted or unsubstituted monocyclic aromatic hydrocarbon ring, a substituted or unsubstituted monocyclic aliphatic hydrocarbon ring, or a substituted or unsubstituted monocyclic heterocyclic ring, and *a indicates the bonding position.) 21. The acceptor part is a compound according to any one of claims 1 to 20, represented by the following formula (A11-1), formula (A11-2) or formula (A12-1). (In the above formulas (A11-1) and (A11-2), Ａ１ R Ａ２ R Ａ３ R Ａ４ and R ２ are each independently a hydrogen atom, a halogen atom, a cyano group, a substituted or unsubstituted alkyl group, a substituted or unsubstituted aryl group, -NO ２ , -CHO, -CORx, -COORx, or -SO ２ Rx, and in the above formula (A12-1), Z １ Z ２ and Z ３ are each independently N(R Ａ５ ), C=O, or C(R Ａ６ )(R Ａ７ ), and R Ａ５ R Ａ６ and R Ａ７ are each independently a hydrogen atom, a halogen atom, a cyano group, a substituted or unsubstituted alkyl group, a substituted or unsubstituted aryl group, -NO ２ , -CHO, -CORx, -COORx, or -SO ２ Rx, Rx is a substituted or unsubstituted alkyl group, and when there are a plurality of Rx, the plurality of Rx are the same as or different from each other, and *a indicates the bonding position.) 22. The acceptor part is a compound according to any one of claims 1 to 21, represented by the following formula (A111-1), formula (A111-2), formula (A112-1) or formula (A121-1). (In the formula (A111-1), formula (A111-2), formula (A112-1) and formula (A121-1), *a indicates the bonding position.) 23. In the formula (A2), na is 1 or 2, and the compound is according to any one of claims 1 to 19.

24. The acceptor part is a compound according to any one of claims 1 to 19 and 23, represented by the following formula (A21) or formula (A22). (In the formula (A21), ring Ay １ and ring Ay ２ are each synonymous with ring Ay in the formula (A2). １ and ring Ay ２ In the formula (A22), ring Ay ３ is synonymous with ring Ay in the formula (A2). In the formula (A22), ring Ay １ and ring Ay ２ are each synonymous with ring Ay in the formula (A2). １ and ring Ay ２ In the formula (A22), ring Ay ４ and ring Ay ５ are each independently synonymous with ring Ay in the formula (A2). *a indicates the bonding position.) 25. Ring Ay １ and ring Ay ２ each independently is a nitrogen-containing ring, a compound according to any one of claims 1 to 19, 23 and 24.

26. Ring Ay １ and ring Ay ２ are each independently a nitrogen-containing 6-membered ring, a compound according to any one of claims 1 to 19 and 23 to 25.

27. The acceptor part is a compound according to any one of claims 1 to 19 and 23 to 26, represented by the following formula (A21-1) or formula (A22-1). (In the formulas (A21-1) and (A22-1), Ａ８ R Ａ９ R Ａ１０ R Ａ１１ R Ａ１２ R Ａ１３ R Ａ１４ and R Ａ１５ are each independently a hydrogen atom, a halogen atom, a cyano group, a substituted or unsubstituted alkyl group, a substituted or unsubstituted aryl group, -NO ２ , -CHO, -CORx, -COORx, or -SO ２ Rx, where Rx is a substituted or unsubstituted alkyl group, and when there are a plurality of Rx, the plurality of Rx are the same as or different from each other, and *a indicates the bonding position.) 28. The acceptor part is a compound according to any one of claims 1 to 19 and 23 to 27, represented by the following formula (A211-1) or formula (A221-1). (In the above formulas (A211-1) and (A221-1), *a indicates the bonding position.) 29. The acceptor part is a compound according to any one of claims 1 to 19, 23, and 24, represented by the following formula (A21-2). (In the formula (A21-2), ma represents the number of R's bonded to the ring, ma is 3, and the three R's Ａ２０ are the same as or different from each other, and R Ａ２０ , R Ａ２０ , R Ａ２１ , R Ａ２２ , R Ａ２３ and R Ａ２４ are each independently a hydrogen atom, a halogen atom, a cyano group, a substituted or unsubstituted alkyl group, a substituted or unsubstituted aryl group, -NO ２ , -CHO, -CORx, -COORx, or -SO ２ Rx, Rx is a substituted or unsubstituted alkyl group, and when there are a plurality of Rx's, the plurality of Rx's are the same as or different from each other, and *a indicates the bonding position.) 30. The acceptor part is a compound according to any one of claims 1 to 19, 23, 24 and 29, represented by the following formula (A212-1). (In the formula (A212-1), Ａ２１ R Ａ２２ 、R Ａ２３ 、R Ａ２４ 、R Ａ２５ 、R Ａ２７ and R Ａ２８ are each independently a hydrogen atom, a halogen atom, a cyano group, a substituted or unsubstituted alkyl group, a substituted or unsubstituted aryl group, -NO ２ , -CHO, -CORx, -COORx, or -SO ２ Rx, where Rx is a substituted or unsubstituted alkyl group, and when there are a plurality of Rx, the plurality of Rx are the same as or different from each other, and *a indicates the bonding position.) 31. The acceptor part has one or more of at least one structure selected from the group consisting of a nitrogen-containing ring, CN, C═O, and C═C(CN). ２ The compound according to any one of claims 1 to 30, having one or more of at least one structure selected from the group consisting of ２ .

32. The π-conjugated part is the compound according to any one of claims 1 to 31, which is represented by the formula (P1), (P2), or (P3).

33. The π-conjugated moiety is represented by the following formula (P11-1), (P12-1), (P13-1), (P14-1), or (P15-1), and the compound according to any one of claims 1 to 32. (In the formulas (P11-1), (P12-1), (P13-1), (P14-1), and (P15-1), p, q, r, and s are integers of 1 or more, and Z １ , Z ２ , Z ３ , Z ４ , Z ７ , and Z ８ are each independently C(R １００ ), or a nitrogen atom, and a plurality of R １００ are the same as or different from each other, and Z ５ and Z ６ are each independently an oxygen atom, a sulfur atom, N(R １１０ ), or C(R １１１ )(R １１２ ), and one or more of the groups consisting of two or more adjacent ones among R １００ , R １０Ａ , R １０Ｂ , R １０Ｃ , R １０Ｄ , R １０Ｅ、 and R １０Ｆ are bonded to each other to form a substituted or unsubstituted monocyclic ring, bonded to each other to form a substituted or unsubstituted condensed ring, or not bonded to each other, and the R that does not form the substituted or unsubstituted monocyclic ring and does not form the substituted or unsubstituted condensed ring １００ , R １０Ａ , R １０Ｂ , R １０Ｃ , R １０Ｄ , R １０Ｅ、 and R １０Ｆ are each independently a hydrogen atom, a substituted or unsubstituted alkyl group, a substituted or unsubstituted cycloalkyl group, a substituted or unsubstituted aryl group, a substituted or unsubstituted heterocyclic group, a group represented by -N(R １０１ )(R １０２ ), a group represented by -Si(R １０３ )(R １０４ )(R １０５ )-C(R １０６ )(R １０７ )(R １０８ )-O(R １０９ ), where R １０Ａ If there are multiple R １０Ａ , the multiple R １０Ｂ may be the same or different from each other. If there are multiple R １０Ｂ , the multiple R １０Ｃ may be the same or different from each other. If there are multiple R １０Ｃ , the multiple R １０Ｄ may be the same or different from each other. If there are multiple R １０Ｄ , the multiple R １０Ｅ may be the same or different from each other. If there are multiple R １０Ｅ , the multiple R １０Ｆ may be the same or different from each other. If there are multiple R １０Ｆ , the multiple R １０１ , R １０２ , R １０３ , R １０４ , R １０５ , R １０６ , R １０７ , R １０８ , R １０９ , R １１０ R １１１ , and R １１２ are each independently a hydrogen atom, a substituted or unsubstituted alkyl group, a substituted or unsubstituted cycloalkyl group, a substituted or unsubstituted aryl group, or a substituted or unsubstituted heterocyclic group. If there are multiple R １０１ , the multiple R １０１ may be the same or different from each other. If there are multiple R １０２ , the multiple R １０２ may be the same or different from each other. If there are multiple R １０３ , the multiple R １０３ may be the same or different from each other. If there are multiple R １０４ , the multiple R １０４ are the same as or different from each other, and R １０５ When there are a plurality of R's, the plurality of R's １０５ are the same as or different from each other, and R １０６ When there are a plurality of R's, the plurality of R's １０６ are the same as or different from each other, and R １０７ When there are a plurality of R's, the plurality of R's １０７ are the same as or different from each other, and R １０８ When there are a plurality of R's, the plurality of R's １０８ are the same as or different from each other, and R １０９ When there are a plurality of R's, the plurality of R's １０９ are the same as or different from each other, and R １１０ When there are a plurality of R's, the plurality of R's １１０ are the same as or different from each other, and R １１１ When there are a plurality of R's, the plurality of R's １１１ are the same as or different from each other, and R １１２ When there are a plurality of R's, the plurality of R's １１２ are the same as or different from each other, g, h, and k are each independently 0, 1, 2, or 3, provided that, in the formula (P11-1), when p is 1, R １０Ａ is a group represented by -O(R １０９ ), and when p is 2 or more, at least one of R １０Ａ is a group represented by -O(R １０９ ), and R １０９ is a substituted or unsubstituted alkyl group or a substituted or unsubstituted aryl group. In the formula (P12-1), when q is 1, R １０Ｂ is a group represented by -O(R １０９ ), and when q is 2 or more, at least one of R １０Ｂ is a group represented by -O(R １０９ ), and R １０９ is a substituted or unsubstituted alkyl group or a substituted or unsubstituted aryl group. In the formula (P13-1), Z １ , Z ２ , Z ３ and Z ４ are C(R １００ ), when R １０Ｃ , R １０Ｄ and at least one of the four Rs １００ is a group represented by -O(R １０９ ), R １０９ is a substituted or unsubstituted alkyl group or a substituted or unsubstituted aryl group, and in the formula (P15-1), Z ７ and Z ８ are C(R １００ ), when at least one of the two Rs １００ is a group represented by -O(R １０９ ), R １０９ is a substituted or unsubstituted alkyl group or a substituted or unsubstituted aryl group, and *1 and *2 are bonding positions.) 34. The π-conjugated moiety is represented by the following formula (P11-1A), (P12-1A), (P13-1A), (P13-1B), (P14-1A), (P14-1B), (P15-1A), or (P15-1B), and the compound according to any one of claims 1 to 33. (In the formulas (P11-1A), (P12-1A), (P13-1A), (P13-1B), (P14-1A), (P14-1B), (P15-1A), and (P15-1B), R １０ ~R ３４ 、R ５１１ 、and R ５１２ Among one or more sets of two or more adjacent ones, do they combine with each other to form a substituted or unsubstituted monocyclic ring, combine with each other to form a substituted or unsubstituted condensed ring, or do not combine with each other, do not form the substituted or unsubstituted monocyclic ring, and do not form the substituted or unsubstituted condensed ring R １０ ~R ３４ 、R ５１１ 、and R ５１２ are each independently a hydrogen atom, a substituted or unsubstituted alkyl group, a substituted or unsubstituted cycloalkyl group, a substituted or unsubstituted aryl group, a substituted or unsubstituted heterocyclic group, -N(R １０１ )(R １０２ ), a group represented by -Si(R １０３ )(R １０４ )(R １０５ ), a group represented by -C(R １０６ )(R １０７ )(R １０８ ), or a group represented by -O(R １０９ ), provided that in the formula (P11-1A), at least one of R １０ ~R １３ is a group represented by -O(R １０９ ), and R １０９ is a substituted or unsubstituted alkyl group or a substituted or unsubstituted aryl group. In the formula (P12-1A), at least one of R １４ ~R ２０ is -O(R １０９ is a group represented by), and R １０９ is a substituted or unsubstituted alkyl group or a substituted or unsubstituted aryl group. In the formula (P13-1A), R ２１ to R ２６ at least one of is a group represented by -O(R １０９ ), and R １０９ is a substituted or unsubstituted alkyl group or a substituted or unsubstituted aryl group. In the formula (P15-1A), R ３３ to R ３４ at least one of is a group represented by -O(R １０９ ), and R １０９ is a substituted or unsubstituted alkyl group or a substituted or unsubstituted aryl group. *1 and *2 are bonding positions.) 35. The compound according to any one of claims 1 to 34, represented by the following formula (1). (In the formula (1), D is the donor part, L is the π-conjugated part, and A is the acceptor part.) 36. The donor part is a group having an electron-donating property, and the acceptor part is a group having an electron-withdrawing property, and the compound is according to any one of claims 1 to 35.

37. A precursor represented by the following formula (DP-XM1), (DP-XM2), (DP-XM3), (DP-XM4), (DP-YM1), (DP-YM2), (DP-YM3), or (DP-YM4). (In the formulas (DP-XM1), (DP-XM2), (DP-XM3), (DP-XM4), (DP-YM1), (DP-YM2), (DP-YM3), and (DP-YM4), R ３０１ , R ３０２ , R ３０３ , R ３０４ , and R ３０５ Among them, one or more sets of two or more adjacent ones are combined with each other to form a substituted or unsubstituted monocyclic ring, or combined with each other to form a substituted or unsubstituted condensed ring, or not combined with each other, not forming the substituted or unsubstituted monocyclic ring, and not forming the substituted or unsubstituted condensed ring. R ３０１ , R ３０２ , R ３０３ , R ３０４ , and R ３０５ are each independently a hydrogen atom, a substituted or unsubstituted alkyl group, a substituted or unsubstituted cycloalkyl group, a substituted or unsubstituted aryl group, a substituted or unsubstituted heterocyclic group, a group represented by -N(R １０１ )(R １０２ ), or a group represented by -O(R １１３ ). R １０１ , R １０２ , and R １１３ are each independently a hydrogen atom, a substituted or unsubstituted alkyl group, a substituted or unsubstituted cycloalkyl group, a substituted or unsubstituted aryl group, or a substituted or unsubstituted heterocyclic group. In the formulas (DP-XM1), (DP-XM2), (DP-XM3), and (DP-XM4), X is an oxygen atom or a sulfur atom. In the formulas (DP-YM1), (DP-YM2), (DP-YM3), and (DP-YM4), Y １ and Y ２ The group consisting of forms a substituted or unsubstituted monocyclic ring by bonding to each other, or forms a substituted or unsubstituted condensed ring by bonding to each other, or does not bond to each other, does not form the substituted or unsubstituted monocyclic ring, and does not form the substituted or unsubstituted condensed ring, Y １ and Y ２ each independently represents a substituted or unsubstituted alkoxy group, or a group represented by -S(R １１４ ), where R １１４ is a substituted or unsubstituted alkyl group. When there are a plurality of R １０１ , the plurality of R １０１ are the same as or different from each other. When there are a plurality of R １０２ , the plurality of R １０２ are the same as or different from each other. When there are a plurality of R １１３ , the plurality of R １１３ are the same as or different from each other. When there are a plurality of R １１４ , the plurality of R １１４ are the same as or different from each other. ) 38. Use of the precursor according to claim 37 in the production of an electro-optical compound.

39. A precursor used in the production of the compound according to claim 1, wherein the precursor is represented by the following formula (DP-XM11), (DP-XM21), (DP-XM31), or (DP-XM41). (In the formulas (DP-XM11), (DP-XM21), (DP-XM31), and (DP-XM41), ３０１ , R ３０２ , R ３０３ , R ３０４ , and R ３０５ , one or more sets of two or more adjacent ones among them are bonded to each other to form a substituted or unsubstituted monocyclic ring, or are bonded to each other to form a substituted or unsubstituted condensed ring, or are not bonded to each other, and R ３０１ , R ３０２ , R ３０３ , R ３０４ , and R ３０５ are each independently a hydrogen atom, a substituted or unsubstituted alkyl group, a substituted or unsubstituted cycloalkyl group, a substituted or unsubstituted aryl group, a substituted or unsubstituted heterocyclic group, a group represented by -N(R １０１ )(R １０２ ), or a group represented by -O(R １１３ ), and R １０１ , R １０２ , and R １１３ are each independently a hydrogen atom, a substituted or unsubstituted alkyl group, a substituted or unsubstituted cycloalkyl group, a substituted or unsubstituted aryl group, or a substituted or unsubstituted heterocyclic group. When a plurality of R １０１ are present, the plurality of R １０１ are the same as or different from each other. When a plurality of R １０２ are present, the plurality of R １０２ are the same as or different from each other. When a plurality of R １１３ are present, the plurality of R １１３ are the same as or different from each other.) 40. A precursor used in the production of an electro-optical compound, wherein the precursor is represented by the following formula (DP-XM11), (DP-XM21), (DP-XM31), or (DP-XM41). (In the formulas (DP-XM11), (DP-XM21), (DP-XM31), and (DP-XM41), ３０１ R ３０２ R ３０３ R ３０４ R ３０５ and at least one set of two or more adjacent ones among ３０１ R ３０２ R ３０３ R ３０４ R ３０５ are bonded to each other to form a substituted or unsubstituted monocyclic ring, or are bonded to each other to form a substituted or unsubstituted condensed ring, or are not bonded to each other, and do not form the substituted or unsubstituted monocyclic ring and do not form the substituted or unsubstituted condensed ring. ３０１ R ３０２ R ３０３ R ３０４ R ３０５ are each independently a hydrogen atom, a substituted or unsubstituted alkyl group, a substituted or unsubstituted cycloalkyl group, a substituted or unsubstituted aryl group, a substituted or unsubstituted heterocyclic group, a group represented by -N(R １０１ )(R １０２ ), or a group represented by -O(R １１３ ), １１３ R １０１ R １０２ R １１３ are each independently a hydrogen atom, a substituted or unsubstituted alkyl group, a substituted or unsubstituted cycloalkyl group, a substituted or unsubstituted aryl group, or a substituted or unsubstituted heterocyclic group. １０１ When there are a plurality of R １０１ , the plurality of R １０１ are the same as or different from each other. １０２ When there are a plurality of R １０２ , the plurality of R １０２ are the same as or different from each other. １１３ When there are a plurality of R １１３ , the plurality of R １１３ are the same as or different from each other. ) 41. In the precursor represented by the formula (DP-XM11), (DP-XM21), (DP-XM31), or (DP-XM41), R ３０１ ~R ３０５ are each independently a hydrogen atom, a group represented by -N(R １０１ )(R １０２ ), or a group represented by -O(R １１３ ), The precursor according to claim 39 or 40.

42. The precursor represented by the formula (DP-XM11), (DP-XM21), (DP-XM31), or (DP-XM41) is respectively represented by the following formula (DP-M1), (DP-M2), (DP-M3), (DP-M4), (DP-M5), (DP-M6), (DP-M7), or (DP-M8), and is the precursor according to any one of claims 39 to 41.

43. Use of the precursor according to any one of claims 39 to 42.

44. A production method for producing the compound according to claim 1, using a precursor represented by the following formula (DP-XM11), (DP-XM21), (DP-XM31), or (DP-XM41). (In the above formulas (DP-XM11), (DP-XM21), (DP-XM31), and (DP-XM41), ３０１ , R ３０２ , R ３０３ , R ３０４ , and R ３０５ : One or more sets of two or more adjacent ones among them are bonded to each other to form a substituted or unsubstituted monocyclic ring, or are bonded to each other to form a substituted or unsubstituted condensed ring, or are not bonded to each other, and R ３０１ , R ３０２ , R ３０３ , R ３０４ , and R ３０５ are each independently a hydrogen atom, a substituted or unsubstituted alkyl group, a substituted or unsubstituted cycloalkyl group, a substituted or unsubstituted aryl group, a substituted or unsubstituted heterocyclic group, a group represented by -N(R １０１ )(R １０２ ), or a group represented by -O(R １１３ ); R １０１ , R １０２ , and R １１３ are each independently a hydrogen atom, a substituted or unsubstituted alkyl group, a substituted or unsubstituted cycloalkyl group, a substituted or unsubstituted aryl group, or a substituted or unsubstituted heterocyclic group; when a plurality of R １０１ are present, the plurality of R １０１ are the same as or different from each other; when a plurality of R １０２ are present, the plurality of R １０２ are the same as or different from each other; when a plurality of R １１３ are present, the plurality of R １１３ are the same as or different from each other.) 45. An electro-optical material containing an electro-optical compound and a host material, wherein the electro-optical compound is the compound according to any one of claims 1 to 36.

46. The host material is a polymer, and the electro-optical compound is bonded to the polymer as the host material, and the electro-optical material is according to claim 45.

47. The host material is a polymer, and the electro-optical compound is dispersed in the host material without bonding to the polymer, and the electro-optical material is according to claim 45.

48. An electro-optical film containing the compound according to any one of claims 1 to 36.

49. An electro-optical film containing the electro-optical material according to any one of claims 45 to 47.

50. An electro-optical element containing the compound according to any one of claims 1 to 36.

51. An electro-optical element containing the electro-optical material according to any one of claims 45 to 47.

52. An electro-optical element containing the electro-optical film according to claim 48 or 49.

Images